Futaba 12FGA

12FG
12 CHANNEL RADIO CONTROL SYSTEM

PCMG3/PCM1024/FM selectable
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Note: The battery in the T12FG transmitter is not connected to the battery
connector at initial. Please connect the battery connector before use.
1M23N18902
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION............................................... 4 Ɣ5HJLVWUDWLRQRIWKHXVHU
VQDPH ..................... 24
Ɣ6XSSRUWDQG6HUYLFH ......................................... 4 Ɣ+RPHVFUHHQ .................................................... 25
Ɣ$SSOLFDWLRQ([SRUWDQG0RGL¿FDWLRQ........... 5
Ɣ'H¿QLWLRQVRI6\PEROV...................................... 6 FUNCTIONS OF SYSTEM MENU................ 27
Ɣ6DIHW\3UHFDXWLRQVGRQRWRSHUDWHZLWKRXW Trainer............................................................. 28
reading) ............................................................. 6 'LVSOD\............................................................. 31
System Timer .................................................. 32
User Name....................................................... 33
BEFORE USE ..................................................... 9
H/W Setting..................................................... 34
Ɣ)HDWXUHVRI)* .............................................. 9 Information .................................................... 35
Ɣ&RQWHQWVDQGWHFKQLFDOVSHFL¿FDWLRQV ........... 10
Ɣ$FFHVVRULHV....................................................... 11 MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE ... 36
Ɣ7UDQVPLWWHUFRQWUROV....................................... 12 Ɣ$LUSODQHJOLGHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH........ 36
Cautions on handling antenna ...................... 12
Ɣ+HOLFRSWHUEDVLFVHWWLQJSURFHGXUH................ 38
LED monitor................................................... 13
6ZLWFK6$6+............................................... 13 Ɣ5HFHLYHUDQGVHUYRVFRQQHFWLRQ..................... 42
9ROXPH/'5'............................................ 14 Ɣ6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHOW\SH.................... 43
6OLGH/HYHU/656....................................... 14
'LJLWDOWULP77 ....................................... 14
FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU ............. 47
Edit key ........................................................... 15
&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV
Stick Adjustment ............................................ 16
Linkage Menu functions table ...................... 47
SD card............................................................ 17
6HUYR0RQLWRU................................................. 48
Connector/Plug............................................... 18
Model Select.................................................... 49
,QVWDOODWLRQDQGUHPRYDORIWKHEDWWHU\........ 19
0RGHO7\SH...................................................... 51
5)PRGXOH0=)0........................................ 19
)UHTXHQF\........................................................ 54
Ɣ5HFHLYHUQRPHQFODWXUH................................... 20
Function .......................................................... 56
Ɣ6DIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVZKHQLQVWDOOLQJUHFHLYHUDQG 6XE7ULP ......................................................... 58
VHUYRV ............................................................... 21
6HUYR5HYHUVH ................................................. 59
Fail Safe........................................................... 60
BASIC OPERATION ....................................... 22 End Point ........................................................ 61
Ɣ%DWWHU\&KDUJLQJ ............................................ 22 7KURWWOH&XW$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHURQO\....... 62
+RZWRFKDUJHWKH1L0+1L&G%DWWHU\.... 22 ,GOH'RZQ$LUSODQHKHOLFRSWHURQO\........... 63
Ɣ+RZWRWXUQ2Q2))WKHWUDQVPLWWHU ........... 23 6ZDVK5LQJ+HOLFRSWHURQO\........................ 64
6ZDVK+HOLFRSWHURQO\................................. 65
When turning on ............................................ 23
Timer ............................................................... 67
When turning off............................................ 23
776(77,1* ............................................ 68
5DGLRZDYHDXWRVKXWGRZQ........................... 23
Data Reset ....................................................... 69
Ɣ+RZWRFKDQJHWKHIUHTXHQF\+RZWRVHWWKH
&RQGLWLRQ+ROGVZLWFKLQJ+HOLFRSWHURQO\ 70
UHFHLYHU
V,'.................................................... 23
,QFDVHRIXVLQJ3&0*UHFHLYHUV.................. 23
,QFDVHRIXVLQJ3&0330UHFHLYHUV...... 24
2 <Table of Contents>
FUNCTIONS OF MODEL MENU ................. 71 Ɣ+HOLFRSWHU)XQFWLRQV .................................... 106
Ɣ&RPPRQ)XQFWLRQV ........................................ 71 Model Menu functions list........................... 106
6HUYR0RQLWRU/LQNDJH0HQX 3,7&XUYH3LWWULP....................................... 107
Condition Select.............................................. 72 7+5&XUYH7KURWWOHKRYHUWULP................. 110
AFR ................................................................. 74 Acceleration .................................................. 112
Dual Rate ........................................................ 75 Throttle Hold ................................................ 113
3URJUDP0L[................................................... 76 6ZDVK0L[..................................................... 114
7KURWWOH0L[.................................................. 115
Ɣ$LUSODQH*OLGHU)XQFWLRQV ............................. 79
PIT to Needle ................................................ 116
Model Menu functions list............................. 79
3,7WR58'5HYROXWLRQPL[ ..................... 117
AIL Differential .............................................. 81
*\URIRU*<W\SHJ\UR .............................. 118
)ODS6HWWLQJ..................................................... 82
*RYHUQRU ....................................................... 119
AIL to Camber FLP ....................................... 83
AIL to Brake FLP........................................... 84
AIL to RUD..................................................... 85 Ɣ&RPPRQ2SHUDWLRQVXVHGLQIXQFWLRQVHWXS
Airbrake to ELE............................................. 86 screen............................................................. 120
RUD to AIL..................................................... 88
&DPEHU0L[.................................................... 89
ELE to Camber .............................................. 91
Camber FLP to ELE ...................................... 92
%XWWHUÀ\ .......................................................... 93
7ULP0L[ ................................................... 95
$LUEUDNH$LUSODQHRQO\............................... 97
*\URIRU*<$W\SHJ\UR.............................. 99
9WDLO .............................................................. 100
$LOHYDWRU........................................................ 101
Winglet .......................................................... 102
Motor............................................................. 103
RUD to ELE.................................................. 104
6QDS5ROO$LUSODQHRQO\............................ 105
<Table of Contents> 3
INTRODUCTION
Thank you for purchasing the Futaba® 12FG series digital proportional R/C system. In order for you to make the best use
of your system and to fly safely, please read this manual carefully. If you have any difficulties while using your system,
please consult the manual, our online Frequently Asked Questions (on the web pages referenced below), your hobby deal-
er, or the Futaba Service Center.
Due to unforeseen changes in production procedures, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without
notice.
Support and Service: It is recommended to have your Futaba equipment serviced annually during your hobby’s “off season”
to ensure safe operation.
IN NORTH AMERICA
Please feel free to contact the Futaba Service Center for assistance in operation, use and programming. Please be sure to
regularly visit the 12FG Frequently Asked Questions web site at http://www.futaba-rc.com/faq/faq/index.html. This page
includes extensive programming, use, set up and safety information on the 12FG radio system and is updated regularly. Any
technical updates and US manual corrections will be available on this web page. If you do not find the answers to your ques-
tions there, please see the end of our F.A.Q. area for information on contacting us via email for the most rapid and conven-
ient response.
Don’t have Internet access? Internet access is available at no charge at most public libraries, schools, and other public
resources. We find internet support to be a fabulous reference for many modelers as items can be printed and saved for
future reference, and can be accessed at any hour of the day, night, weekend or holiday. If you do not wish to access the
internet for information, however, don’t worry. Our support teams are available Monday through Friday 8-5 Central time to
assist you.
FOR SERVICE ONLY FOR SUPPORT

Futaba Service Center (PROGRAMMING AND USER QUESTIONS)
3002 N. Apollo Drive, Suite 1 Please start here for answers to most questions:
Champaign, IL 61822 www.futaba-rc.com
Phone: 217-398-0007 FACSIMILE: 217-398-7721
service@futaba-rc.com PHONE: 217-398-8970 option 2
OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA

Please contact your Futaba importer in your region of the world to assist you with any questions, problems or service needs.
Please recognize that all information in this manual, and all support availability, is based upon the systems sold in North
America only. Products purchased elsewhere may vary. Always contact your region’s support center for assistance.
4 ＜ Introduction ＞
Application, Export, and Modification
1. This product is suitable for model airplane, surface or 50 MHz (license required) use, if on the correct frequency. It is
not intended for use in any application other than the control of models for hobby and recreational purposes. The prod-
uct is subject to regulations of the FCC and is restricted under United States law to such purposes.
2. Exportation precautions:
(a) When this product is exported from the country of manufacture, its use is to be approved by the laws governing the
country of destination which govern devices that emit radio frequencies. If this product is then re-exported to other coun-
tries, it may be subject to restrictions on such export. Prior approval of the appropriate government authorities may be
required. If you have purchased this product from an exporter outside your own country and not the authorized Futaba dis-
tributor in your country, please contact the seller immediately to determine if such export regulations have been met.
(b) Use of this product with other than models may be restricted by Export and Trade Control Regulations, and an appli-
cation for export approval must be submitted. In the US, use of 72MHz (aircraft only), 75MHz (ground models only) and
27MHz (both) frequency bands are strictly regulated by the FCC. This equipment must not be utilized to operate equip-
ment other than radio controlled models. Similarly, other frequencies (except 50MHz, for HAM operators) must not be
used to operate models.
3. Modification, adjustment, and replacement of parts: Futaba is not responsible for unauthorized modification, adjust-
ment, and replacement of parts on this product. Any such changes may void the warranty.
The Following Statement Applies to the Receiver (for U.S.A.)

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference.
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesirable operation.
The RBRC™ SEAL on the nickel-cadmium battery contained in Futaba products indicates that Futaba
Corporation of America is voluntarily participating in an industry-wide program to collect and recycle these
batteries at the end of their useful lives, when taken out of service within the United States. The RBRC pro-
gram provides a convenient alternative to placing used nickel-cadmium batteries into the trash or municipal
waste system, which is illegal in most areas.
You may contact your local recycling center for information on where to return the spent battery. Please call 1-800-8-BAT-
TERY for information on battery recycling in your area. Futaba Corporation of America’s involvement in this program is
part of its commitment to protecting our environment and conserving natural resources.
RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.
＜ Introduction ＞ 5
Definitions of Symbols
Pay special attention to safety where indicated by the following symbols.
DANGER – Procedures which may lead to dangerous conditions and cause death/serious injury if not carried out
properly.
WARNING – Procedures which may lead to a dangerous condition or cause death or serious injury to the user if
not carried out properly, or procedures where the probability of superficial injury or physical damage is high.
CAUTION – Procedures where the possibility of serious injury to the user is small, but there is a danger of injury,
or physical damage, if not carried out properly.
= Prohibited = Mandatory
Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.
FLYING SAFETY
To ensure the safety of yourself and others, please observe the following precautions:
Have regular maintenance performed. Although your 12FG protects the model memories with non-volatile
EEPROM memory (which does not require periodic replacement) and not a battery, it still should have regular
checkups. We recommend sending your system to the Futaba Service Center annually during your non-flying
season for a complete checkup and service.
Use the Fail-Safe safety feature to set the throttle to low-idle in case of signal loss or RX battery failure.
Engine power will be automatically reduced to help limit personal or property damage. Refer to the Failsafe
Setting Procedure listed in the index.
Receiver Ni-Cd Battery
Charge the batteries! (See Charging the batteries listed in the index for details.) Always recharge the receiver
batteries for at least 8 hours before each flying session. A low battery will soon die, causing loss of control and a
crash. When you begin your flying session, reset your timer, and during the session pay attention to the duration
of usage.
CAUTION: The initial charge on new NiCd receiver batteries should be done for 15 hours using the slow-charger
that came with the radio system. This will “condition” the batteries so that the next charge may be done using the
fast-charger of your choice. If the initial charge is done with a fast-charger the batteries may not reach their full cap-
acity and you may be flying with batteries that are only partially charged.
Where to Fly
We recommend that you fly at a recognized model airplane flying field. You can find model clubs and fields by asking your
nearest hobby dealer, or in the US by contacting the Academy of Model Aeronautics. You can also contact the national
Academy of Model Aeronautics (AMA), which has more than 2,500 chartered clubs across the country. Through any one
of them, instructor training programs and insured newcomer training are available. Contact the AMA at the address or
toll-free phone number below.
Academy of Model Aeronautics

5151 East Memorial Drive
Muncie, IN 47302-9252
Tel. (800) 435-9262
Fax (765) 741-0057
or via the Internet at http:\\www.modelaircraft.org
Ni-MH/Ni-Cd Battery Safety and Handling instructions
IMPORTANT!
Use only the Futaba special charger included with this set or other chargers approved by Futaba to charge the
Ni-MH batteries in the 12FG transmitter and Ni-Cd batteries included with this set.
It is important to understand the operating characteristics of Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries. Always read the specifications
printed on the label of your Ni-MH/Ni-Cd battery and charger prior to use. Failure to follow the proceeding precautions
can quickly result in severe, permanent damage to the batteries and its surroundings and possibly result in a FIRE!
IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS
Do not attempt to disassemble Ni-MH/Ni-Cd packs or cells.

Do not allow Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells to come in contact with moisture or water at any time.
Always provide adequate ventilation around Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries during charge, discharge, while in use, and
during storage.
Do not leave a Ni-MH/Ni-Cd battery unattended at any time while being charged or discharged.
Do not attempt to charge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries with a charger that is NOT designed for Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries,
as permanent damage to the battery and charger could result.
Always charge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries in a fireproof location. Do not charge or discharge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries
on carpet, a cluttered workbench, near paper, plastic, vinyl, leather or wood, or inside an R/C model or full sized
automobile! Monitor the charge area with a smoke or fire alarm.
Do not charge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries at currents greater than the “1C” rating of the battery (“C” equals the rated
capacity of the battery).
Do not allow Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells to overheat at any time! Cells which reach greater than 140 degrees Fahrenheit
(60oC) should be placed in a fireproof location.
Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells will not charge fully when too cold or show full charge.
It is normal for the batteries to become warm during charging, but if the charger or battery becomes excessively hot
disconnect the battery from the charger immediately!! Always inspect a battery which has previously overheated for
potential damage, and do not re-use if you suspect it has been damaged in any way.
Do not use a Ni-MH/Ni-Cd battery if you suspect physical damage has occurred to the pack. Carefully inspect the
battery for even the smallest of dents, cracks, splits, punctures or damage to the wiring and connectors. DO NOT
allow the battery’s internal electrolyte to get into eyes or on skin—wash affected areas immediately if they come in
contact with the electrolyte. If in doubt, place the battery in a fire-proof location for at least 30 minutes.
Do not store batteries near an open flame or heater.
Do not discharge Ni-MH/Ni-Cd batteries at currents which exceed the discharge current rating of the battery.
Always store Ni-MH/Ni-Cd cells/packs in a secure location away from children.
Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card Handling Instructions

(SD card is not included with this set)
Never remove the SD card or turn off power while Do not expose the SD card to dirt, moisture, water or
entering data. fluids of any kind.
Never store the SD card where it may be subject to Always hold the SD card by the edges during installa-
strong static electricity or magnetic fields. tion and removal.
Do not expose the SD card to direct sunlight, excessive Be certain to insert the SD card in the correct direction.
humidity or corrosive environments.
＜ Introduction ＞ 7
AT THE FLYING FIELD
Always pay particular attention to the flying field’s rules, as well as the presence and location of spectators, the wind
direction, and any obstacles on the field. Be very careful flying in areas near power lines, tall buildings, or communication
facilities as there may be radio interference in their vicinity. If you must fly away from a club field, be sure there are no other
modelers flying within a three-to-five-mile range, or you may lose control of your aircraft or cause someone else to lose con-
trol.
Before flying, be sure that the frequency you intend to fly with is not in use, and secure any frequency control
device (pin, tag, etc.) for that frequency before turning on your transmitter. It is never possible to fly two or more mod-
els on the same frequency at the same time. Even though there are different types of modulation (AM, FM, PCM), only
one model may be flown on a single frequency at any one time.
Stop flying long before your batteries become low on charge. Do not rely on your radio’s low-battery warning sys-
tems, which are intended only as a precaution, to tell you when to recharge. Always check your transmitter and
receiver batteries prior to each flight.
To prevent possible damage to your radio gear, turn the power switches on and off in the proper sequence:
1. Set the throttle stick to the idle position, or otherwise disarm your motor/engine.
2. Fully extend the transmitter antenna.
3. Turn on the transmitter power and allow your transmitter to reach its home screen.
4. Confirm the proper model memory has been selected.
5. Turn on your receiver power.
6. Test all controls. If a servo operates abnormally, don’t attempt to fly until you determine the cause of the problem. (For
PCM systems only: Test to ensure that the Failsafe settings are correct by waiting at least 2 minutes after adjusting. Then,
turn the transmitter off and confirm the proper surface/throttle movements. Turn the transmitter back on.)
7. Start your engine.
8. Complete a full range check.
9. After flying, bring your throttle stick to idle position, engage any kill switches or otherwise disarm your
motor/engine.
10. Turn off receiver power.
11. Turn off transmitter power.
If you do not turn on your system in this order, you may damage your servos or control surfaces, flood your engine, or in
the case of electric-powered or gasoline-powered models, the engine may unexpectedly turn on and cause a severe injury.
While you are getting ready to fly, if you place your transmitter on the ground, be sure that the wind won’t tip
it over. If it is knocked over, the throttle stick may be accidentally moved, causing the engine to speed up. Also, dam-
age to your transmitter may occur.
Before taxiing, be sure to extend the transmitter antenna to its full length. A collapsed antenna will reduce your
flying range and cause a loss of control. It is a good idea to avoid pointing the transmitter antenna directly at the model,
since the signal is weakest in that direction.
Don’t fly in the rain! Water or moisture may enter the transmitter through the antenna or stick openings and cause
erratic operation or loss of control. If you must fly in wet weather during a contest, be sure to cover your transmitter
with a waterproof barrier. Never fly if lightning is expected.
Never turn the transmitter off during flight! Switching the transmitter off and on during flight will very likely cause
a crash because of the time required for the transmitter to "reboot" and become fully functional.
BEFORE USE
Features
PCMG3 (PCM Generation 3)

PCMG3 has a 40% faster response than current PCM1024. The resolution is 2048, which is double
the current PCM1024. It can operate up to 12 linear channels and 2 switch channels. The multi-level
modulation technology has been implemented for the R/C industry to achieve the highest performance
available today.
WFSS (Wireless Frequency Setting System)

Both transmitter (T12FG) and receiver (R5114) are frequency synthesizer systems.
Model types
Seven types of main wings and three types of tail wings are available for airplanes. Eight swash types are
available for helicopters. Seven types of main wings and three types of tail wings are available for gliders.
Functions and mixing functions necessary for each model type are set in advance at the factory.
Mixing functions
The T12FG transmitter continues the functions of the higher class model T14MZ/T12Z.
Data input
Large graphic LCD and new type edit keys substantially improve ease of setup.
Stick
(DFKD[LVLVVXSSRUWHGE\GXDOEDOOEHDULQJV7KLVDOORZVIRU¿QHUDQGPRUHSUHFLVHRSHUDWLRQ7KHQHZ
potentiometers also offer longer life.
Ni-MH battery
T12FG is operated by a 7.2V/1,700 mAh Nickel-Metal Hydride battery.
R5114DPS
The R5114DPS is a small 14CH synthesized receiver with high sensitivity and selectability.
SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)

0RGHOGDWDFDQEHVDYHGLQD6'FDUG0%*%:KHQ7)*WUDQVPLWWHUVRIWZDUHXSGDWLQJ¿OHV
are released, the software can be updated by using a SD card.
<Before Use> 9
&RQWHQWVDQG7HFKQLFDO6SHFL¿FDWLRQV
6SHFL¿FDWLRQVDQGUDWLQJVDUHVXEMHFWWRFKDQJHZLWKRXWQRWLFH
Your 12FGA/12FGH/12FG includes the following components:
The set contents depend on the type of set.
• T12FG Transmitter, including RF module (MZ-DDS) Suggested Servos for use with your 12FG
• R5114 Receiver Servo S9252 (Digital servo)
• HT2F1700B Ni-MH battery, NR4F1500 Ni-Cd battery Control system: Pulse width control, 1.52 ms neutral
& Charger Power requirement: 4.8 V (from receiver)
• Switch harness Output torque: 6.6 kg-cm (91.7 oz.-in.) at 4.8V
• Hex Wrench (1.5mm, 2.5mm) Operating speed: 0.14 sec/60 at 4.8V
• Neck strap Size: 40.0 x 20.0 x 36.6 mm (1.57 x 0.79 x 1.44 in.)
Weight: 50 g (1.76 oz.)
Servo S9255 (Digital servo)
Transmitter T12FGA/T12FGH/T12FG Control system: Pulse width control, 1.52 ms neutral
Operating system: 2-stick, 12+2 channels, PCM-G3, Power requirement: 4.8 V (from receiver)
synthesizer system
Output torque: 9.0 kg-cm (125.0 oz.-in.) at 4.8V
Transmitting frequency: 29, 35, 36, 40, 41, or 72 MHz
Operating speed: 0.16 sec/60 at 4.8V
bands
Size: 40.0 x 20.0 x 36.6 mm (1.57 x 0.79 x 1.44 in.)
Modulation: PCM-G3, PCM1024, or FM/PPM
switchable. Weight: 55 g (1.94 oz.)
Power supply: 7.2V HT6F1700B Ni-MH battery
Current drain: 500mA average
Receiver R5114DPS
(PCM-G3, Synthesizer, Dual conversion)
Receiving frequency: 29, 35, 36, 40, 41, or 72 MHz
bands
Intermediate freq.: 10.7 MHz & 450 kHz
Power requirement: 4.8 V Ni-Cd battery
Current drain: 75 mA
Size: 37.7x52.3x16 mm (1.48x2.06x0.63 in.)
Weight: 32.5 g (1.15 oz.)
Channels: 14
10 <Before Use>
The following additional accessories are available from your dealer. Refer to a Futaba catalog for
more information:
• HT6F1700B Transmitter battery pack - the (1700mAh) transmitter Ni-MH battery pack may be easily
H[FKDQJHGZLWKDIUHVKRQHWRSURYLGHHQRXJKFDSDFLW\IRUH[WHQGHGÀ\LQJVHVVLRQV
• Trainer cord - the optional training cord may be used to help a beginning pilot learn to fly easily by
placing the instructor on a separate transmitter. Note that the T12FG transmitter may be connected to
another T12FG system, as well as to any other models of Futaba transmitters. The T12FG transmitter uses
one of the three cord plug types according to the transmitter connected. (Refer to the description at the
TRAINER function instructions)
• Neckstrap - a neckstrap may be connected to your T12FG system to make it easier to handle and improve
\RXUÀ\LQJSUHFLVLRQVLQFH\RXUKDQGVZRQ¶WQHHGWRVXSSRUWWKHWUDQVPLWWHU¶VZHLJKW
• Y-harnesses, servo extensions, etc - Genuine Futaba extensions and Y-harnesses, including a heavy-duty
version with heavier wire, are available to aid in your larger model and other installations.
• Gyros - a variety of genuine Futaba gyros is available for your aircraft or helicopter needs.
*RYHUQRU*9IRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW

head speed regardless of blade pitch, load, weather, etc.
• DSC Cord - allows setup and testing without transmitting. With your Transmitter and Receiver off, plug
cord into trainer port and then, into the receiver Battery/DSC (B/C) slot. All programming and setup may
be done in this manner without transmitting.
• Receivers - various models of Futaba receivers may be purchased for use in other models. (Receivers for
PCM-G3, PCM1024, or FM/PPM types are available.)
• Optional Charger - Futaba CR-2000 Ni-MH/Ni-Cd Transmitter/Receiver Battery Charger.
<Before Use> 11
Transmitter controls
Ɣ$QWHQQD
/'5'
Ɣ0RQLWRU/(' Ɣ9ROXPH
6$6%6(6) Ɣ&DUULQJ+DQGOH 6&6'6*6+
Ɣ6ZLWFK Ɣ6ZLWFK
Ɣ6OLGH
/HYHU Ɣ6OLGH/HYHU
/6 56
Ɣ6WLFN Ɣ6WLFN
(J3) (J2)
(J4) (J1)
777
Ɣ'LJLWDO Ɣ'LJLWDO
7ULP 7ULP
777)
Ɣ%XWWRQ6
Ɣ'LDO%XWWRQ
(',7
Ɣ+RRN
Ɣ/&''LVSOD\
Ɣ3RZHU
6ZLWFK
Cautions on handling antenna
WARNING
Be sure to attach the antenna before operation. Never hold the antenna alone.
*Antenna is stored in the antenna storage compartment in *Hold the carrying bar, otherwise the main body can be
the transmitter. damaged.
Extend the antenna to the full extent, and make

sure that the antenna is securely locked before
operation.
12 <Before Use>
•Removing and storing the antenna Monitor LED display
To remove the antenna from the storage The status of the transmitter is displayed by LED
compartment, grasp the end of the antenna and pull at the bottom left and right sides of the "T12FG"
it out. logo.
To store the antenna, push it in until it is locked. LED (Red)
If the antenna is not pushed in all the way, it may Displays the status of the RF module.
fall out.
• Blink
When the RF module is not connected, an
RF module of a frequency different from the
transmitter setting is used, or the RF module is
abnormal, the LED blinks.
• On
The LED lights steadily when the proper RF
module is connected.
ƔAntenna
Displays the "non-default condition" warning.
• Blink
•Mounting and dismounting the antenna
Power switch is turned on when any
Mount the antenna by turning it clockwise until condition switch is in the ON state.
it locks in place. LED (Green)
Displays the state of transmission of radio waves.
• Off
Radio waves are in the OFF state.
• On
Radio waves are being transmitted.
Clockwise
• Slow blink
Trainer function is set to the student mode
(radio waves OFF).
When dismounting the antenna, turn the antenna
counterclockwise.
Switch (SA-SH)
•Angle adjustment of the antenna (Switch Type)
You can change the angle of the antenna, as • SA : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
you like. Use a 2.5mm hexagonal wrench to turn • SB : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever
• SC : 3 positions; Alternate; Long lever
counterclockwise to release the screw on the left
• SD : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
of the antenna holder, and change the angle of the
• SE : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
antenna, as you like. Then retighten. • SF : 2 positions; Alternate; Long lever
• SG : 3 positions; Alternate; Short lever
• SH : 2 positions; Momentary; Long lever
*You can choose switch and set the ON/OFF-direction in the

setting screen of the mixing functions.
Screw
<Before Use> 13
Volume To change the trim rate, you must activate this
through the function menu, within the linkage
menu. Use the EDIT dial to select the trim box and
then push the EDIT button and you will access
LD RD
another screen which enables you to change the
trim percentages.
Note: The trim positions you have set will be stored in the
non-volatile memory and will remain there.
Volume LD and RD:

The volume LD and RD are analog type.
*T12FG beeps when the volume knob reaches center.
*You can use each setting screen of the mixing functions to
VHOHFWYROXPHVDQGGH¿QHWKHGLUHFWLRQRIDPRYHPHQW
Slide Lever
LS RS
LS (Left), RS (right):
The slide lever LS and RS are analog type.
*T12Z beeps when the lever comes to the center.
*You can select a slide lever and set the movement direction
on the setting screen of mixing functions.
Digital Trim
T6 T5
T3 T2
T4 T1
This transmitter is equipped with six digital

trims. Each time you press a trim button, the trim
position moves one step. If you continue pressing it,
the trim position starts to move faster. In addition,
when the trim position returns to the center, the
tone will change. You can always monitor trim
positions by graphics on the screen.
14 <Before Use>
Edit keys operation
Data input operation is performed using the EDIT dial/EDIT button, and S1 button.
Ɣ/&'VFUHHQ
Ɣ%XWWRQ6
Ɣ'LDO(',7
Ɣ%XWWRQ(',7
LCD screen: S1 button:

7KH /&' VFUHHQ FRQWUDVW FDQ EH DGMXVWHG E\ When there is a next page on a menu screen or
using the system menu screen setting [DISPLAY]. setup screen, you can go to that page by pushing
the S1 button. In this case, the cursor moves to the
EDIT dial:
screen title item (excluding a part of function.)
Movement of the cursor on the menu screen and
movement of the cursor among items on a setup Exiting setup screen:
screen can be controlled by turning the EDIT dial To end operation on a setup screen and return to
to the left and right. You can also go to the next the menu screen, move the cursor to the screen title
page, if there is a next page. item and push the EDIT button.
At data input, value input, mode selection, and To return to home screen directly, push the S1
similar operations can be performed by turning the button for 1 second.
EDIT dial to the left and right. (Value, ON, OFF, Also move the cursor to the screen title item and
INH, ACT, etc.) push the EDIT button to return to the home screen
EDIT button: from a menu screen.
Push the EDIT button when you want to open
a setup screen or to switch between cursor move
mode (reverse display) and data input mode (box
display).
This button can also be used as the EDIT button
when a confirmation message is displayed on the
screen, etc.
<Before Use> 15
Stick Adjustment Adjustment of Throttle Stick (Ratchet System)
Adjustment of the stick lever length You can also choose either airplane ratchet
system or helicopter-touch.
<RXFDQDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIVWLFNOHYHUVDV\RX
OLNH,WLVUHFRPPHQGHGWRDGMXVWWKHOHQJWKRIWKH
sticks in line with your hand size.
Lever Head Lever Head

A B
Ɣ5HWDLQLQJ
Ɣ5HWDLQLQJ )RUFH-
)RUFH- 0RGH
1. Hold the lever head "B" and turn the lever 0RGH
head "A" counter-clockwise. The lock will be
released.
2. Turn the lever-head "A" clockwise as you hold
the lever-head "B" after placing it as you like. 1. Open the dust protection cap on the back
of the transmitter that is covering the hole for
throttle stick adjustment.
Adjustment of stick lever tension 2. Use the attached 1.5mm hexagonal wrench
The tension of the self-return type stick lever can to turn the adjustment screw and set it as you
prefer. Turning the screw clockwise increases
EHDGMXVWHG the tension.
1. Remove the rubber grip on the back of the Hole for throttle
transmitter. stick adjustment
Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-3) For airplane (Mode1) For helicopter (Mode1)

0RGH For helicopter (Mode2) For airplane (Mode2)
*This transmitter has two ratchet plates, one for airplane

and the other one for helicopter. If you tighten both screws,
\RXZRQ
WEHDEOHWRDFKLHYHWKHDGMXVWPHQWWKDW\RXQHHG
Ɣ6WLFN
EHFDXVHRIWKHRYHUODSRIWKRVHWZRDGMXVWPHQWV
7HQVLRQ
(J1) *If you want to change the setting from airplane to helicopter
0RGH Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-4) (or from helicopter to airplane), turn counterclockwise until
0RGH the throttle stick moves freely. Then turn the screw for the
Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-)
helicopter (or airplane) until you get the tension you like.
0RGH
2. Use the accessory 1.5mm hexagonal wrench

to adjust the spring strength as you prefer by
turning the adjusting screw of the stick you
want to adjust.
*Turning the screw clockwise increases the tension.
CAUTION: If you loosen the screw too much,
the stick may not operate because it is
caught internally.
3) At the end of adjustment, re-install the
rubber grip.
16 <Before Use>
SD Card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not Inserting/removing the SD card
included) 1. Turn off the transmitter power and then
The T12FG transmitter model data can be open the battery cover at the rear of the
transmitter.
stored by using any SD card on the market. When
T12FG transmitter update software is released, the 2.
software is updated using an SD card. (SD card
memory size: 32MB to 1GB)
Caution
Ɣ6'&DUG
Be sure to turn off the power to the transmitter
before inserting or removing the SD card. [Inserting the card]
Turn the SD card so that the front of the card
As the SD card is a precision device, do not use faces the bottom of the transmitter and slide
excessive force when inserting. the card into the card slot.
*Push in the card until it is locked.
[Removing the card]
Restrictions when using an SD card
When the SD card is pushed, it is pushed out
The following restrictions apply when using an and can be removed.
SD card: 3. Close the battery cover.
,WPD\¿UVWEHQHFHVVDU\WRLQLWLDOL]HWKH6'FDUGLQ7)*
dedicated format. The SD card cannot be used as is
immediately after purchase. SD card initialization
*Initializing destroys all the data previously saved on the To use an SD card with the T12FG, the card
card. must first be formatted. Once formatted, the card
*An SD card formatted by the T12FG cannot be written does not have to be reformatted. Formatting is
directly from a PC by Explorer, etc. The files must be
converted and written by special conversion software. Files
performed by the T12FG.
are identified by number instead of name. (The special [IMPORTANT] When an SD card is formatted,
conversion software can be downloaded from Futaba dealer all the existing data is destroyed. Do not
web site.) format a card containing important data.
[Formatting procedure]
1. Insert the SD card into the SD card slot of the
T12FG.
2. T u r n o n t h e T 1 2 F G p o w e r . W h e n a n
unformatted card is inserted into the T12FG,
the screen shown below appears.
3. If the T12FG is ready to format, move the

cursor to [FORMAT] and push the EDIT button.
(To cancel formatting, move the cursor to
[CANCEL] and push the EDIT button.)
<Before Use> 17
Connector/Plug
* Formatting starts. During formatting, the rectangular mark

at the center of the screen moves.
Ɣ%DWWHU\FKDUJH Ɣ'6&7UDLQHU
*When formatting is completed, a message is displayed.

Depending on the card capacity and speed, formatting may
Connector for trainer function
take from tens of seconds to several minutes. When you use the trainer function, connect the
optional trainer cable between the transmitters for
teacher and student.
*You can set the trainer function on the Trainer Function
screen in the system menu.
[IMPORTANT] Do not turn off the power Connector for DSC function
until the [FORMAT COMPLETED] message is
displayed.
You can operate the transmitter without
transmitting radio waves by connecting the
4.End formatting by pushing the EDIT key.
transmitter and the receiver to the DSC cable.
*Please refer to the section "Connection between Receiver/
Servo"
SD card reader/writer
Saving model data and update files (released Connector for battery charger
from Futaba) into the SD card, you can use those This is the connector for charging the Ni-
files on your T12FG transmitter. Equipment for MH battery HT6F1700B that is installed in the
reading and writing SD cards is available at most transmitter. Do not use any other chargers except
electronics stores. the attached special charger corresponding to Ni-
MH battery.
Stored data
Danger
When you have a problem of saving or reading
data after a long period of use, please get a new SD Do not connect any other chargers except the
card. special charger to this charging connector.
*We do not have the responsibility of compensating any *If you take out the Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B from
failure or damage to the data stored in the memory card no the transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger
matter what the reason is. Be sure to keep a backup of your CR-2000 corresponding to Ni-MH battery.
important data in your SD card.
18 <Before Use>
Installation and Removal of the HT6F1700B * If there is any problem, the message "Backup Error" will
be shown the next time when you turn on the power of the
Transmitter Battery
transmitter. Do not use the transmitter as it is. Send it to the
Attachment of the battery Futaba Service Center.
1. Open the battery cover on the rear of the

transmitter toward upper side.
ƔBattery ribbon for

removing battery
RF module MZ-FM
Ɣ&RQQHFWRU
2. Install the battery in the holder.
ƔBattery ribbon Ɣ0RGXOH
ƔConnector
Caution
Be sure to turn off the power of the transmitter
*Push the battery
until it locks before you attach or detach the module.
completely.
Detachment of the RF module

3. Connect the battery connector. Pull the module straight while you are pushing
4. Close and lock the battery cover completely. LQZDUG RQ WKH SURMHFWLRQV RQ ERWK VLGHV RI WKH
module.
Battery Removal
*There is a connector above and under the module
Note: If you remove the battery while the respectively. So you might find it difficult to pull out the
power is on, the data you have set will not module if the module is tilted.
be saved.
Attachment of the RF module
1. Open the battery cover on the rear of the
transmitter toward upper side. Insert the module with care so that the connector
2. Disconnect the battery connector. pins of the transmitter won't be bent.
3. Pull up the battery ribbon to release the lock.
4. Remove the battery.
5. Close and lock the battery cover completely.
Warning
Be careful not to drop the battery.
Never disconnect the battery connector from

the T12FG transmitter while some message are
displayed on the screen after turning off the
power.
* Internal devices such as memories may be damaged.
<Before Use> 19
Receiver nomenclature
Before using the receiver, be sure to read the precautions listed in the following pages.
Receiver R5114DPS
Connector
ƔConnectors "1 through 12": outputs for the channels 1 through 12
"DG1", "DG2": outputs of DG1 and DG2 channels
"B/C": connector for the power and DSC.
ƔAntenna LED Monitor

This monitor is used when changing the
frequency of the receiver.
Ɣ%&
Ɣ&+∼
Ɣ'*
Ɣ0RQLWRU/('
Ɣ'*
20 <Before Use>
Safety precautions when you install receiver and servos
Warning Servo throw
Connecting connectors $GMXVW \RXU V\VWHP VR WKDW SXVKURGV ZLOO QRW
bind or sag when operating the servos to the
Be sure to insert the connector until it stops at full extent.
the deepest point. *If excessive force is continuously applied to a servo, your
aircraft may crash because the servo would be damaged
How to protect the receiver from vibration and and the battery would be consumed rapidly.
water
Mounting servos
Wrap the receiver with something soft such
as foam rubber to avoid vibration. If there is Use a vibration-proof rubber (such as rubber
a chance of getting wet, put the receiver in a grommet) under a servo when mounting the
waterproof bag or balloon to avoid water. servo on a servo mount. And be sure that the
servo cases do not touch directly to the metal
parts such as servo mount.
Receiver's antenna
*If a servo case is contacting directly to the airframe, the
Never cut the receiver's antenna. Do not bind vibration of the airframe directly travels to and may dam-
the receiver's antenna with the cables for age the servo.
servos.
Wood screw 2.3-2.6mm nut
Locate the receiver's antenna as far as possible washer
from metals or carbon fiber components such Rubber
grommet
Rubber
grommet
as frames, cables, etc. Brass eyelet Brass eyelet
Servo mount
*Cutting or binding the receiver's antenna will reduce the ra- Servo mount
2.3-2.6mm screw
dio reception sensitivity and range, and may cause a crash.
(Airplane/Glider) (Helicopter)
ƔUse rubber band to stretch

antenna and then fix it.
Servo lead wires
Antenna To prevent the servo lead wires from being
ƔUse a rubber bushing to the position where
antenna is coming out from the airframe so
EURNHQE\YLEUDWLRQGXULQJÀLJKWSURYLGHDPDUJLQ
that the antenna won't be cut due to the so that the wire sticks out slightly and fasten it at
friction.
ƔUse rubber band to stretch antenna and then suitable points. In addition, periodically check the
fix it.Make a knot inside of the airframe so that
the antenna will not fall out. wire during daily maintenance
Fasten about 5-10cm

*Use rubber grommet or from the servo outlet
so that the lead wire
silicon tube to protect Antenna-exiting is neat.
hole
the antenna from being
cut or from its insula- Rubber grommet or
silicon tube, etc.
tion peeling off at the Margin in the lead wire.
fuselage antenna-exit
hole. Mounting the power switch
*Place the receiver anten- When mounting a power switch to an airframe,
na out from the fuselage
part to the nonmetal
make a rectangular hole that is a little larger than
tube installed in skid the total stroke of the switch so that you can turn
etc. Please keep antenna Nonmetal tube
the switch ON/OFF without binding.
away from parts made Antenna
Avoid mounting the switch where it can be
of metal and carbon
graphite. covered by engine oil and dust. In general, it is
recommended to mount the power switch on the
VLGHRIWKHIXVHODJHWKDWLVRSSRVLWHWKHPXIÀHU
<Before Use> 21
BASIC OPERATION
Battery Charging
Before charging batteries, read the "Cautions for handling battery and battery charger" in the section "Ni-
MH/Ni-Cd Battery Safety and Handling Instructions".
How to charge the Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B *Battery charging will not automatically stop. Remove the
battery and transmitter from the charger and remove the
for the transmitter and the Ni-Cd battery
charger from the wall socket.
NR4F1500 for the receiver
*It is recommended to reactivate the battery by cycling
several times if the battery has not been used for a long
Danger period.
*In case of Ni-MH/NiCd battery, you may find the poor
The Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B is only for performance of the battery if you have used the battery only
your T12FG. Do not use this battery for other for a short period or if you repeat charging while the battery
is not fully discharged. It is recommended to discharge the
equipment.
battery to the recommended level after your usage. It is also
recommended to charge the battery just before your usage.
Be sure to use the attached special charger to
charge the battery.
*If you take out the Ni-MH battery HT6F1700B from the
transmitter, you can use the optional quick charger CR-2000
corresponding to Ni-MH battery.
[Method of charging battery]
ƔSpecial charger
*Connect to AC outlet
specified.
Receiver Batt. Transmitter Batt.

Charging display Charging display
To T12FG charge
connector
To receiver battery
1. Connect the special charger to the wall

socket (AC outlet).
2. Connect the connectors to the NR4F1500
NiCd battery and/or T12FG charging
connector.
&RQ¿UPWKDWHDFKFKDUJLQJLQGLFDWRU/('ODPSLVRQ
*Turn off the transmitter while charging the battery.
3. Remove the battery after 15 hours.
22 <Basic Operation>
How to turn transmitter power ON/OFF How to change the frequency/How to set ID
For safety reasons, the radio will be emmiting The T12FG system has employed the frequency
only after confirming when turning on the power. synthesizer scheme. The T12FG transmitter will set
Please follow the instructions for turning on/off the the frequency of the R5114DPS (PCMG3 receiver)
transmitter. by the wireless data transmission. When you are
using a new PCMG3 receiver and changing the
When turning on the power of the transmitter
frequency, set ID or frequency using the following
1. Turn on the power switch of the transmitter. instructions.
*After initialization of the transmitter is over, the frequency
FRQ¿UPDWLRQVFUHHQSRSVXSDQGWKHUHG/('PRQLWRUWXUQV Note: Receiver ID setting is not performed at the
on. time of purchase. Always perform the following
receiver ID setting before use.
*The frequency cannot be changed if the receiver ID and
transmitter settings are different.
In case of using PCMG3 receivers

*Make sure that PCM-G3 is set as a modulation scheme.
2. Check the frequency shown on the screen. Then change the frequency by the following instruction.
If it is OK, then select [YES] and push the EDIT *For a description of the modulation scheme change, refer to
button. WKH)5(48(1&<IXQFWLRQS
7KHJUHHQ/('PRQLWRUWXUQVRQDQGWKHWUDQVPLWWHUEHJLQV
to emit radio waves. Frequency setup screen
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVK(',7EXWWRQ 7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU$FRQÀUPDWLRQ
3. Then, you will see the home screen and you message ("TRANSMIT?") is displayed. Since
will be able to set conditions. you do not want to transmit, select [NO] and
then push the EDIT button.
2. Select the area that displays the frequency
How to stop the transmitter on the home screen or [FREQUENCY] in the
linkage menu and push the EDIT button.
Turn off the power switch of the transmitter. The *The frequency setup screen appears.
internal circuit of the transmitter starts the shut
down process including saving the set-up data.
Warning
Once you turn off the power, never operate the How to set ID
power switch until the power shutdown process
is fully completed. If you turn on the power 1. Select [RECEIVER ID](RX1) and push the EDIT
button.
switch again while the transmitter is still in the
*The receiver ID code input screen appears.
process of power shutdown, the transmitter
2. Input the 8-digit ID code stuck to the receiver
power does not start.
case. If the inputted ID code is correct, select
[ENTER] and then push the EDIT button.
Radio wave auto shut-down 6HOHFW WKH ILJXUH ZLWK WKH (',7 GLDO DQG SXVK WKH (',7
button for each digit.
If you do not operate the transmitter (stick, knob, 8VH >%$&.63$&(@ WR PRYH EDFN GLJLW E\ GLJLW IRU
switch or digital trim) for 30 minutes, the radio correction if you made a mistake. When you want to stop
ZDYHLVVWRSSHGDQGWKHPHVVDJH3/($6(7851 ID code change, move to the function name at the top of the
2)) 32:(5 6:,7&+ LV GLVSOD\HG ZLWK WKH VFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRUHWXUQWRWKHRULJLQDO
alarm sound. screen.
*Once the receiver ID code is set, it does not have to be reset
1. Turn off the transmitter power and turn on it
as long as the receiver is not changed.
again
*When you use two receivers with a large aircraft, input the
ID of each receiver.
How to change the frequency

1. When switching the frequency, select [BAND
NO.] and push the EDIT button.
<Basic Operation> 23
*The frequencies which can be selected appear on the screen.
2. Select the frequency you want to use and
push the EDIT button.
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
*When changing the frequency band, change the module
before turning on the power.
How to change the frequency
3. If the frequency is correct, push the EDIT
button. 3. When switching the frequency, select [BAND
*A screen which shows that frequency data is being sent NO.] and push the EDIT button.
is displayed and the frequency data is sent to the receiver *The frequencies which can be selected appear on the screen.
together with a beep sound. (The frequency data can be 4. Select the frequency corresponding to your
UHVHQWE\VHOHFWLQJ>5(75<@DQGSXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ receiver and push the EDIT button.
4. Turn on the receiver power while the new $FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
frequency data above is displayed.
5. If the frequency is correct, push the EDIT
*When receiver frequency setting is complete, the receiver button.
PRQLWRU /(' EOLQNV RQFH DQG WKH &+ VHUYR VKXWWOHV
times across the neutral position. 6.A confirmation message ("TRANSMIT?") is
displayed. To send on the new frequency,
*The new receiver frequency data uses very low power select [YES] and push the EDIT button.
whose frequency is different from that of the frequency
7RQRWVHQGVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
channel used. When setting the receiver frequency, bring the
transmitter and receiver as close together as possible.
*If the new data is not read correctly due to the ambient
conditions, extend the transmitter antenna and bring the Registration of the user's name
transmitter close to the receiver antenna and repeat steps 3
through 4. T12FG transmitter can register user's name.
*The frequency can also be changed by connecting the User's name setup screen
transmitter and receiver directly with the DSC cord and
performing steps 3 through 4. 1. Turn on the power of the transmitter.
*When the receiver ID code is incorrect, the receiver monitor 2. Select [USER NAME] in the system menu and
/('ZLOOEOLQN5HWXUQWRWKHUHFHLYHU,'VHWXSVFUHHQDQG push the EDIT button.
reset the receiver ID. *The user name set up screen appears.
5. When frequency setting is complete, move Current user name Input Box
the cursor to the [END] position and push the
EDIT button.
6.A confirmation message ("TRANSMIT?") is
displayed. To send on the new frequency,
select [YES] and push the EDIT button.
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
Changing the user name
In case of using PCM1024, PPM receivers
1. Change the user name as described below:
*Make sure that PCM1024 or PPM is set as a modulation
scheme. Then change the frequency as follows. [Moving cursor in input box]
*For a description of the modulation scheme change, refer to 6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WKH)5(48(1&<IXQFWLRQS [Deleting a character]
Frequency setup screen When [DELETE] is selected and the EDIT
button is pushed, the character immediately
7XUQRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUSRZHU$FRQÀUPDWLRQ after the cursor is deleted.
message ("TRANSMIT?") is displayed. Since [Adding a character]
you do not want to transmit, select [NO] and
then push the EDIT button. When a candidate character is selected
from the character list and the EDIT button
2. Select the area that displays the frequency is pushed, that character is added at the
on the home screen or [FREQUENCY] in the position immediately after the cursor.
linkage menu and push the EDIT button.
*A name of up to 12 characters long can be entered as the
*The frequency setup screen appears.
user name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
2. At the end of input, select [ENTER] and push
the EDIT button. (To terminate input and
return to the original state, select [CANCEL]
and push the EDIT button.)
Home screen
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHIROORZLQJGLVSOD\DUHDWRFDOOHDFKVHWWLQJVFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7
button. The setting screen appears.
Airplane/Glider Home Screen
Model Name Condition Name Battery Indicator

• The model name that • The condition name • When the battery voltage
is currently used is that is currently used reaches 6.8V, the alarm will
displayed here. is displayed here. beep. Land your aircraft
immediately.
(Menu)
• System
• Linkage
• Model
Push the EDIT
button to call
each Menu
screen.
User's name
Digital trim (T1 to T6) ŏ5),QGLFDWRU
• Trim position is displayed
here. Modulation mode/Frequency
• Modulation mode is displayed
System timer here. (PCM-G3/PCM1024/PPM)
• This shows the accumulated time since • Band number and frequency
the latest reset. (Each model) are displayed here.
(Hour):(Minute):(Second) • Push the EDIT button to call the
Frequency Set screen.
Timer
• Timer is displayed here.
Push the EDIT button to start/stop the
timer. (When the EDIT button is pushed
for 1 second, timer is reset to the initial
value.)
• Mode (UP/DN) is displayed here.
• Push the EDIT button to call the timer
setting screen.
Warning
%HVXUHWRFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPHEHIRUHÀ\LQJ\RXUDLUFUDIW
Check the battery voltage as often as possible and try to charge

the battery earlier. If the battery alarm makes a sound, land your
aircraft immediately.
<RXFDQDGMXVWWKH/&'FRQWUDVWE\WKHGLVSOD\VHWWLQJLQWKHV\VWHPPHQX
<Basic Operation> 25
Helicopter Home Screen
Throttle/Pitch Position Display

• Throttle and pitch position is displayed here.
Push the EDIT button to call the throttle curve or Pitch curve
setting screen directly.
*Condition hold operation is displayed. ("IS ON")
To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:

1.Move the cursor to [CND HOLD].
2.Set the throttle stick lower than
the 1/3 point and push the EDIT
button to activate/deactivate the
condition hold function.
*For a detailed description, refer to [COND.
+2/'@IXQFWLRQLQVWUXFWLRQV
SYSTEM MENU
The System Menu sets up functions of the
transmitter: This does not set up any model data.
ŏ6HOHFW>6<67(0@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGFDOO
WKH V\VWHP PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR VHOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ \RX
ZDQW WR VHW DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ E\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
S1 button ŏ3XVKWKHS1EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG WR UHWXUQ WR WKH
ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 0(18@ KRPHVFUHHQ
DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH KRPH
EDIT dial
VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH ŏ7 X U Q W K H E D I T G L D O W R
EDITEXWWRQ PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
EDIT button
System Menu functions table

[TRAINER]: Starts and sets the trainer system.
[DISPLAY]: LCD contrast adjustment
[SYSTEM TIMER]: Resets the accumulated timer for each model.
[USER NAME]: User name registration
[H/W SETTING]: H/W reverse and stick mode
[INFORMATION]: Displays the program version, SD card information, product ID, and language
selection.
<Functions of System Menu> 27

7UDLQHUV\VWHPVWDUWLQJDQGVHWWLQJ
TRAINER
The Trainer function makes it possible for the NOTE: This trainer system can be used in the
instructor to choose which functions and channels following manner;
are to be used for instruction, making it possible to 1. With the T12FG transmitter and a conventional
match the training ability to the student's skill level. transmitter, if the channel order is different. It
is necessary to match the channel order in
Two transmitters must be connected by an optional the Function setting screen when connecting
Trainer Cord, and the Instructor's transmitter should it with other than a T12FG.
be programmed for trainer operation, as described 2. When the T12FG is used as the Teacher, set the
below. modulation mode of the student’s transmitter
When the Instructor activates the trainer switch, to PPM. If being used as the student, set the
T12FG to the modulation mode specified by
the student has control of the aircraft (if MIX or the Instructor's transmitter. When the Instructor's
FUNC mode is turned on, the Instructor can make transmitter is a T14MZ, 12Z, 12FG, T9Z, T9C or
corrections while the student has control). When T7C transmitter, it should be switched to PPM
the switch is released the Instructor regains control. mode.
This is very useful if the student gets the aircraft 3. Be sure that all channels work correctly in
into an undesirable situation. ERWKWUDQVPLWWHUVEHIRUHÁ\LQJ
T12FG special trainer cable

Use the T12FG special trainer cable when using the T12FG transmitter at the trainer
function instructor side. Operation may not be normal with a conventional trainer cable.
*When the T12FG transmitter is used at the student side when the instructor side transmitter is not a T12FG, a
conventional trainer cable may be used.
,QVWUXFWRU VWXGHQW 7UDLQHUFDEOH
7(;7(;7&7& 7)*VSHFLDOWUDLQHUFDEOH
7=70=); &RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5HFW
7)*
79 &RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5RXQG
7;7878DQG7=DUHQRWDSSOLFDEOH
2WKHUWKDQ &RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5HFWRU
7)*
7)* &RQYHQWLRQDOWUDLQHUFDEOH5HFW5RXQG
*The direction that the T12FG special trainer cable connects is fixed. Connect the
instructor side connector of the cable to the instructor T12FG and connect the student side
connector to the student transmitter. If the cable is connected in reverse, the student side
power will not be turned on even if the instructor side power is set to ON.
*If the instructor side T12FG trainer function is not enabled, the student side power will
not be turned on even if the connection direction is correct.
28 <Functions of System Menu>

ŏ6HOHFW>75$,1(5@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7
EXWWRQ
ŏ6 H O H F W W K H I X Q F W L R Q KRPHVFUHHQ
QDPH DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
EDIT dial
S U H F H G L Q J V F U H H Q E \ ŏ7 X U Q W K H E D I T G L D O W R
SXVKLQJWKHEDITEXWWRQ PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
EDIT button
When using at the student side When using at the teacher side
6HOHFWWKHPRGH 6HOHFWWKHPRGH
*When changing the mode, use the EDIT dial to move to the *When changing the mode, use the EDIT dial to move to the
item you want to change and push the EDIT button to switch item you want to change and push the EDIT button to switch
to the data input mode and change the mode by turning the to the data input mode and change the mode by turning the
EDIT dial to the left or right. The display blinks. Press the EDIT dial to the left or right. The display blinks. Press the
EDIT button to change the mode. EDIT button to change the mode.
7($&+(5678'(176HOHFW>678'@VWXGHQW 7($&+(5678'(176HOHFW>7($&+@
$&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR $&7,1+(QDEOHRSHUDWLRQE\FKDQJLQJWR
>21@ >2))@RU>21@
&+$11(/ :KHQ WKH VWXGHQW XVHV D &+$11(/:KHQWKHVWXGHQWXVHVWKH
7)*LQFOXGLQJWKH70=7=DQG); 7)* LQFOXGLQJ WKH 70= 7= RU );
VHOHFW>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@ VHOHFW>&+@2WKHUZLVHVHOHFW>&+@
02'8/$7,21 6HW WR WKH PRGH >330@
RU >3&0@ VSHFLILHG E\ WKH VWXGHQW VLGH
WUDQVPLWWHU
6HOHFWWKHWUDLQHUVZLWFK
*When setting or changing the switch, use the EDIT dial to
move to the "SWITCH" item, call the switch setup screen
1RWH ,Q VWXGHQW PRGH RQO\ WKH WHDFKHU by pushing the EDIT button and set the desired switch and
VLGH FDQ WXUQ RQ DQG RII WKH SRZHU WR WKH ON/OFF direction.
VWXGHQW
VWUDQVPLWWHU.HHSWKHSRZHUVZLWFK 6HH6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRI
DOZD\VDWRIISRVLWLRQ WKLVPDQXDOIRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV
*The switch mode can also be selected when setting the
ON position on the switch setup screen. When [NORM] is
selected, normal ON/OFF operation is performed. When
[ALTERNATE] is selected, the trainer function is alternately
turned on and off each time the switch is operated. This
allows alternate ON/OFF switching even when a momentary
switch (SH) is used.
1RWH 7KH WUDLQHU IXQFWLRQ ZRQ·W EH WXUQHG
RQXQOHVVWKH,QVWUXFWRU
VWUDQVPLWWHUUHFHLYHV
VLJQDOV IURP WKH VWXGHQW
V WUDQVPLWWHU %H
VXUH WR FRQILUP WKLV DIWHU FRQQHFWLQJ \RXU
WUDLQHUFDEOH
6HOHFWWKHRSHUDWLQJPRGHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

*Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor to the "MODE" item
of the channel you want to change and push the EDIT button
to switch to the data input mode and change the mode by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right. The display blinks.
Press the EDIT button to change the mode.
1250 7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VLJQDOV
IURPWKHVWXGHQWWUDQVPLWWHU
0,; PRGH 7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\
V L J Q D O V I U R P W K H W H D F K H U D Q G V W X G H Q W
WUDQVPLWWHUV5HVHWWKHVWXGHQW
VPRGHOGDWD
WRWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQ
)81&PRGHIXQFWLRQPRGH
7KH PRGHO LV FRQWUROOHG E\ VLJQDOV IURP
WKH VWXGHQW WUDQVPLWWHU ZLWK WKH WHDFKHU
$)5VHWWLQJ5HVHWWKHVWXGHQW
VPRGHOGDWD
WRWKHGHIDXOWFRQGLWLRQ
2))2QO\WKHWHDFKHUVLGHRSHUDWHV
*The setting above allows setting of the servo throw relative
to the amount of student side operation when [MIX] or
[FUNC] was selected.
:KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH UDWH XVH WKH (',7 GLDO
WRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPRIWKH
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH DQG XVH WKH
(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH
6HWWLQJUDQJHa
,QLWLDOYDOXH
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRUPRYHPRGH
*When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
reset to the initial value.
6HWWKHVZLWFKRIHDFKFKDQQHO
*When setting the switch at each channel, use the EDIT
dial to move to the "SW" item of the channel you want to
change, call the switch setup screen by pushing the EDIT
button, and select the switch.
$OZD\V21
6$a6+ 7KH VZLWFK ZKLFK HQDEOHV VWXGHQW
VLGHRSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHOHFWHG6HH6ZLWFK
VHOHFWLRQPHWKRGDWWKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO
IRUVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGGHWDLOV

/&'FRQWUDVWDGMXVWPHQW
DISPLAY
LCD contrast adjustment is possible:
ŏ6HOHFW>',63/$<@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
LCD contrast adjustment

8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR VHOHFW /&' &2175$67
DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGHDQGDGMXVWWKHFRQWUDVWE\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGULJKW
6HWWLQJUDQJH/LJKWHUWR'DUNHU
,QLWLDOYDOXH
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*Adjust to the contrast while watching the screen display.
*When you want to reset the contrast to the initial state,
select "LCD CONTRAST" and push the EDIT button for 1
second.

5HVHWVWKHDFFXPXODWHGWLPHU
SYSTEM TIMER
This function resets the system timer displayed WLPH RQ HDFK PRGHO IURP WKH ODVW WLPH WKH
on the home screen. WLPHUZDVUHVHW
ŏ 7)*KDVWZRW\SHV\VWHPWLPHUV ŏ 6\VWHPWLPHUGLVSOD\HGRQWKHKRPHVFUHHQ
FDQEHVHOHFWHG
727$/WLPHU'LVSOD\VWKHWRWDODFFXPXODWHG
WLPHRQWKHWUDQVPLWWHUIURPWKHODVWWLPHWKH
WLPHUZDVUHVHW
02'(/WLPHU'LVSOD\VWKHWRWDODFFXPXODWHG
ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 7,0(5@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SUHVVLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Timer selection Timer reset

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>02'(@LWHPDQGSXVK 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6<67(0 7,0(5@ LWHP
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW DQG UHVHW WKH WLPHU WR E\ SXVKLQJ
PRGH WKH(',7EXWWRQIRUVHFRQG$IWHUUHVHWWKH
6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQG WLPHUUHVWDUWVIURP
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
727$/'LVSOD\VWKHWRWDOWLPHURQWKHKRPH
VFUHHQ
02'(/ WLPHU 'LVSOD\V WKH PRGHO WLPHU RQ
WKHKRPHVFUHHQ


8VHUQDPHUHJLVWUDWLRQ
USER NAME
This function registers the T12FG user name.
*A name of up to 12 characters can be entered as the user
name. (Space is also counted as 1 character.)
ŏ6HOHFW>86(51$0(@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO
WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SUHVVLQJ WKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR

&XUUHQWXVHUQDPH FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
&XUVRUEOLQN
,QSXWER[
User name registration &KDUDFWHUOLVW

&KDQJHWKHXVHUQDPHDVGHVFULEHGEHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQLQSXWER[@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ >'(/(7(@ LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH (',7 &KDUDFWHUOLVW
EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\
DIWHUWKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ D FDQGLGDWH FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG
IURP WKH FKDUDFWHU OLVW DQG WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
LV SXVKHG WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH
SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU &KDUDFWHUOLVW
user name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)
$WWKHHQGRILQSXWVHOHFW>(17(5@DQGSXVK
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG
UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH VHOHFW >&$1&(/@
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ

+DUGZDUHUHYHUVHDQGVWLFNPRGH
H/W SETTING
H/W reverse Stick mode
This function reverses the operation signal of the This function changes the stick mode of
sticks, switches, trimmer levers, and knobs. transmitter.
Note: This setting reverses the actual operation Note: This will not change the throttle ratchet,
signal, but does not change the display of etc. Those are mechanical changes that
the indicators on the display. Use the Normal must be done by a Futaba service center.
mode as long as there is no special reason to Note: After changing the mode, it is applied
use the Reverse mode. when setting a new model. It is not applied to
an existing model.
ŏ6HOHFW>+:6(77,1*@DWWKHV\VWHPPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Operation direction reversal method Operation direction reversal method

6HOHFW >+: 5(9(56(@ DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS 6HOHFW >67,&. 02'(@ DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS
VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 VFUHHQ VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7
EXWWRQ EXWWRQ
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
02'( LWHP FRUUHVSRQGLQJ WR WKH +: 67,&.02'(LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
KDUGZDUH \RX ZDQW WR UHYHUVH DQG SXVK WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW &KDQJH WKH PRGH E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO
PRGH WR WKH OHIW RU ULJKW 7KH GLVSOD\ EOLQNV :KHQ
&KDQJHWKHPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWR WKH (',7 EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG WKH VWLFN PRGH LV
WKHOHIWRUULJKW7KHGLVSOD\EOLQNV:KHQWKH FKDQJHG7RWHUPLQDWHPRGHFKDQJHWXUQ
(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ WKH(',7GLDORUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ
LVUHYHUVHG7RWHUPLQDWHPRGHFKDQJHWXUQ
WKH(',7GLDORUSXVKWKH6EXWWRQ
(J3) (J2)
12501RUPDORSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQ
5(92SHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG (J4) (J1)
0RGH - - J3 -
$LOHURQ 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH 5XGGHU
3 5XGGHU 7KURWWOH (OHYDWRU $LOHURQ
5XGGHU (OHYDWRU 7KURWWOH $LOHURQ

'LVSOD\VWKHSURJUDPYHUVLRQ6'FDUGLQIRUPDWLRQDQGSURGXFW,'
INFORMATION
The T12FG system program version information, The language displayed in home, menu, and
SD card information (maximum and vacant number setup screen is selectable.
of model data), and product ID are displayed on the
Information screen.
*When the SD card is not inserted, the SD card information is
not displayed.
ŏ 6HOHFW >,1)250$7,21@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG

FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Information Language selection

352'8&7,'3URGXFW,'QXPEHU 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
9(56,21 7)* V\VWHP SURJUDP YHUVLRQ /$1*8$*(LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LQIRUPDWLRQ WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
0(025< &$5' 6,=( 0D[LPXP QXPEHU RI & K D Q J H W K H O D Q J X D J H E \ W X U Q L Q J W K H
PRGHOGDWD6'FDUG (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW RU ULJKW 7KH GLVSOD\
EOLQNV :KHQ WKH (',7 EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG WKH
&$5' )5(( 6,=( 9DFDQW QXPEHU RI PRGHO
ODQJXDJH LV FKDQJHG 7R WHUPLQDWH PRGH
GDWD6'FDUG
FKDQJH WXUQ WKH (',7 GLDO RU SXVK WKH 6
EXWWRQ

MODEL BASIC SETTING PROCEDURE
Airplane/glider basic setting procedure
1. Model addition and call 3. Fuselage linkage
Initial setting assigns 1 model to the T12FG Connect the ailerons, elevators, throttle, rudder,
transmitter. The Model Select function of the etc. in accordance with the model's instruction
Linkage Menu is used to add models and to select manual. For a description of the connection
models which are already set. method, see the Receiver and Servos Connection.
Note: The channel assignment of the T12FG is
different from that of our existing systems. Note
that even for the same "airplane model", when the
wing type and tail type are different, the channel
assignment may be different. (The channel assigned
to each function can be checked at the Function
menu of the Linkage Menu.)
The data for up to 30 models can be saved
to the transmitter. Data can also be saved to the
optional SD card.
The currently selected model name is displayed at
WKHWRSRIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJ
DQ\VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH ŏ,IWKHGLUHFWLRQRIWKHVHUYRLVLQFRUUHFWDGMXVW
When a new model is added, the Model type select WKHGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
screen and Frequency/Modulation mode/Receiver ID
setup screen automatically appear. Please be aware
that the transmitter will stop transmitting when you
change the model.
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDQGFRQWUROVXUIDFH
DQJOH ZLWK WKH OLQNDJH DQG ILQH WXQH WKHP
ZLWK WKH 6XE 7ULP DQG (QG 3RLQW IXQFWLRQV
DQJOHDGMXVWPHQW7RSURWHFWWKHOLQNDJHD
OLPLWSRVLWLRQFDQDOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQW
IXQFWLRQ7KH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQFDQDGMXVWWKH
DPRXQWRIXSGRZQDQGOHIWULJKWPRYHPHQW
OLPLWDQGVHUYRVSHHGRIHDFKFKDQQHO
2. Model type selection

Select the model type matched to the aircraft with
the Model Type select function of the Linkage Menu.
For an airplane, select the model type from among
the 2 types: airplane and glider. After the wing type is
selected the tail type select screen is displayed. Select
the tail type matched to the aircraft.
There are 13 wing types and 3 tail types for airplane
and glider. 4. Throttle cut setting
Throttle cut can be performed with one touch by a
switch without changing the throttle trim position.
Set throttle cut with the Throttle Cut function of
the Linkage Menu. After activating the throttle cut
function and selecting the switch, adjust the throttle
position so that the carburetor becomes fully closed.
For safety, the throttle cut function operates the
throttle stick in the 1/3 or less (slow side) position.
36 <Model Basic Setting Procedure>

$GGLWLRQRIÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
5. Idle down setting The Condition Select function automatically allocates
The idling speed can be lowered with one touch by WKH&RQGLWLRQ&21',7IRUHDFKPRGHO&RQGLWLRQ
a switch without changing the throttle trim position. is the default condition and is the only one active when a
Perform this setting with the Idle Down function of the QHZPRGHOW\SHLVGH¿QHG
Linkage Menu. After activating the Idle Down function ,I\RXZDQWWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVSOHDVHUHIHU
and selecting the switch, adjust the idle down speed. WRDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKH&21'6(/(&7IXQFWLRQ
For safety, the idle down function acts only when the p.72.
throttle stick is slow side.
*While the Throttle Cut function is in operation, the Idle
Down function does not work.
*The Condition 1 is always on, and remains on until other

conditions are activated by switches.
*When a new condition is added, the model data of the
Condition 1 is automatically copied to the new condition.
6. AFR (D/R) <RXFDQVHWWKHPRGHOGDWDRIQHZFRQGLWLRQLQWKHVZLWFK21
state. However, if the group mode (GROUP) was selected in
AFR function is used to adjust the throw and advance, the same data will be input at all the conditions. Select the
operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch functions VLQJOHPRGH6,1*/(DQGDGMXVWRQO\WKHFRQGLWLRQ\RXZDQWWR
&+WR&+DQG9WR9IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQ change. For Group/Single mode switching, refer to the description
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHGWKH at the back of this manual.
maximum throw directions. *The Condition Delay can be programmed for each channel. The
Condition Delay is used to change the servo throw smoothly
when switching conditions.
9. When tailless wing model selected

Tailless wing elevator operation uses elevator to camber
mixing. This function cannot be performed at initial setting.
7. Airbrake
This function is used when an air brake is necessary
when taking off or diving, etc.
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, brake
ÀDSRIIVHWDPRXQWFDQEHDFWLYDWHGE\DVZLWFK
7KHRIIVHWDPRXQWRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDS
servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the speed of the
DLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG,1
side/OUT side) A delay can be set for each condition,
and a Cut switch which will turn OFF the delay can be
chosen. Trim amounts can be fine-tuned by setting a
VR. You can also set the Auto Mode, which will link
Airbrake to a stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick
VZLWFKRUGLDOFDQDOVREHVHWDVWKH212))VZLWFK
<Model Basic Setting Procedure> 37

Helicopter basic setting procedure
This section outlines examples of use of the helicopter functions of the T12FG. Adjust the actual values,
etc. to match the fuselage used.
1. Model addition and call functions for the chosen model type. Eight swash types are
available for helicopters.
Default setting assigns 1 model to the T12FG. To
*For a description of the swash type selection, refer to the
add new models or to call a model already set, use the MODEL TYPE function, p.51.
Model Select function of the Linkage Menu.
3. Flight condition addition
The transmitter can install up to eight flight
conditions per model.
This is convenient when calling a model after

registering the model names in advance. (The data of
up to 30 models can be saved at the transmitter. Data
can also be saved to the optional SD card.)
The currently called model is displayed at the top The Condition Select function automatically
DOORFDWHV¿YHFRQGLWLRQVIRUKHOLFRSWHU
RIWKHVFUHHQ%HIRUHÀ\LQJDQGEHIRUHFKDQJLQJDQ\
VHWWLQJVDOZD\VFRQ¿UPWKHPRGHOQDPH ,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ1250$/
When a new model is added, the Model Type Select
ŏ,'/(836:(
screen and Frequency/Modulation mode/Receiver ID
setup screen automatically appear. Change, or check ŏ,'/(836:(
that they match the type, frequency, and receiver type ŏ,'/(836:)
of the model used. ŏ+2/'6:*
Note: Since you may accidentally activate
the conditions that has not been setup during
flight and this could cause a crash, delete
the conditions not used.
*For a description of the condition deletion, refer to the
&21'6(/(&7IXQFWLRQS
7KH1250$/FRQGLWLRQLVDOZD\VRQDQGUHPDLQV
on until other conditions are activated by switches.
The priority is throttle hold/idle up 2/idle up 1/
normal. Throttle hold has the highest priority.
Add other conditions, as required.
2. Model type and swash type selection The Condition Delay can be programmed for each
If a different model type is already selected, select channel. The Condition Delay is used to change the
helicopter with the Model Type function of the servo throw smoothly when switching conditions.
Linkage Menu, and then select the swash type matched
to the helicopter. *HQHUDOÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVHWWLQJH[DPSOH
ŏ1RUPDO8VHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJFRQGLWLRQVRSHUDWH
ZKHQVZLWFK2))
8VHIURPHQJLQHVWDUWLQJWRKRYHULQJ
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(FHQWHU
8VHLQVWDOOWXUQORRSUROOLQJVWDOOWXUQDQGRWKHU
PDQHXYHUV
ŏ,GOHXS2SHUDWHDW6:(IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQUROOV
ŏ7KURWWOHKROG2SHUDWHDW6:*IRUZDUGVLGH
8VHLQDXWRURWDWLRQ
*The Model Type function automatically selects the

appropriate output channels, control functions, and mixing

4. Fuselage linkage 5. Throttle/Pitch curve setting
Connect the throttle rudder, aileron, elevator, This function adjusts the throttle or pitch
pitch, and other servos in accordance with the operation curve in relation to the movement of the
kit instruction manual. For a description of the throttle stick for each condition.
connection method, see "Receiver and Servos
Connection".
Note: The channel assignment of the T12FG
is different from that of our existing systems.
(The channel assigned to each function can
be checked at the Function menu of the 7KURWWOHFXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Linkage Menu.)
Call the throttle curve of each condition with the
condition select switch.
ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFWKURWWOHFXUYH
FHQWHUHGQHDUKRYHULQJ7KLVFXUYHLVDGMXVWHG
WRJHWKHUZLWKWKHSLWFKFXUYH1RUPDOVRWKDWWKH
ŏ ,I WKH GLUHFWLRQ RI RSHUDWLRQ RI WKH VHUYR
HQJLQHVSHHGLVFRQVWDQWDQGXSGRZQFRQWUROLV
LV LQFRUUHFW XVH WKH 5HYHUVH IXQFWLRQ RI
HDVLHVW
WKH /LQNDJH 0HQX $OVR XVH WKH VZDVK $)5
IXQFWLRQLQRWKHUWKDQWKH+PRGH ŏ,GOHXSFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KHORZVLGH7KURWWOHFXUYHFUHDWHVDFXUYH
PDWFKHGIRUDHUREDWLFVORRSUROO'HWF
ŏ7KURWWOHKROGFXUYHDGMXVWPHQW
7KHFXUYHLVQRWXVHGZKHQSHUIRUPLQJDXWRURWDWLRQ
GLYHV
&RQÀUPWKDWWKHUDWHRIWKHVORZHVWSRVLWLRQRI
WKHVWLFNLVLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
<([DPSOHRISLWFKFXUYHVHWWLQJ!
Call the pitch curve of each condition with the
ŏ$GMXVWWKHGLUHFWLRQRIRSHUDWLRQRIWKHJ\UR condition select switch.
*\URVLGHIXQFWLRQ ŏ3LWFKFXUYH1RUPDO
ŏ &RQQHFW WKH WKURWWOH OLQNDJH VR WKDW WKH 0DNHWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJDSSUR[LPDWHO\º~6º
FDUEXUHWRUFDQIXOO\FORVHDWIXOOWULPWKURWWOH 6HWWKHSLWFKDWKRYHULQJZLWKWKHVWLFNSRVLWLRQDW
FXW WKHSRLQWDVWKHVWDQGDUG
ŏ$GMXVWWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQDWWKHOLQNDJHVLGH *Stability at hovering may be connected to the throttle curve.
DQGÀQHWXQHZLWKWKH6XE7ULPIXQFWLRQDQG Adjustment is easy by using the hovering throttle function
(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQUXGGHUDQJOHDGMXVWPHQW and hovering pitch function together.
7R SURWHFW WKH OLQNDJH D OLPLW SRVLWLRQ FDQ ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
DOVREHVHWZLWKWKH(QG3RLQWIXQFWLRQ 7KHLGOHXSSLWFKFXUYHIXQFWLRQFUHDWHVDFXUYH
PDWFKHGWRDLUERUQHÁLJKW
6HWWRºaºDVVWDQGDUG
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH,GOHXS
7KHKLJKVLGHSLWFKVHWWLQJLVOHVVWKDQLGOHXS
7KHVWDQGDUGLVº
ŏ3LWFKFXUYH+ROG
$WDXWRURWDWLRQXVHWKHPD[LPXPSLWFKDWERWK
WKHKLJKDQGORZVLGHV
>3LWFKDQJOHVHWWLQJH[DPSOH@
7KURWWOHKROGºaº
ŏ6ZDVKSODWHFRUUHFWLRQ([FHSW+PRGH
*If any interactions are noticed, for a description of the
linkage correction function, please refer to the SWASH
function, p.65.

6. AFR (D/R) Model Menu, and set the curve for each condition.
AFR (D/R) function is used to adjust the throw and $W LQLWLDO VHWWLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ LV LQ WKH ,1+
operation curve of aileron, elevator and rudder for each VWDWH7RXVHLWVHWLWWRWKH21VWDWH
condition.
*For throttle and pitch curve settings, refer to the above-
mentioned "Throttle/Pitch curve setting"
7KLVLVQRUPDOO\XVHGDIWHU(QG3RLQWKDVGH¿QHGWKH
maximum throw directions.
6HWWLQJH[DPSOH!
Call the mixing curve of each condition with the
condition select switch.
$FXUYHVHWWLQJH[DPSOHLVVKRZQEHORZ
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJFXUYH1RUPDO
8VHWKHKRYHULQJV\VWHPDQGVHWWKLVFXUYHWR
PDWFKWDNHRIIDQGODQGLQJDQGYHUWLFDOFOLPEDW
DFRQVWDQWVSHHG
*For this curve, use the initial setting [EXP1] curve type.
ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ,GOHXS
8VHWKLVFXUYHLQºVWDOOWXUQORRSDQGUROOLQJ
VWDOOWXUQDQGDGMXVWLWVRWKHIXVHODJHLVIDFLQJ
7. Gyro sensitivity and mode switching VWUDLJKWDKHDGZKHQKHDGLQJLQWRWKHZLQG
The gyro sensitivity and mode switching *For this curve, [EXP1] curve type can be used and the entire
curve can be lowered with the [Offset] function.
function is dedicated gyro mixing of the Model
Menu, and can be set for each condition. ŏ3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJ+ROG
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVVHWVRWKDWWKHIXVHODJHLVIDFLQJ
VWUDLJKWDKHDGDWVWUDLJKWOLQHDXWRURWDWLRQ7KH
SLWFKRIWKHWDLOURWRUEHFRPHVQHDUO\º
*For this curve, [EXP1] curve type can be used and the entire
curve can be lowered with the [Offset] function.
ŏ2WKHUVHWWLQJV
ŏ1RUPDO FRQGLWLRQ KRYHULQJ *\UR VHQVLWLYLW\ 7KHPL[LQJULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ
PD[LPXP FDQEHDGMXVWHG$QDFFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQZKLFK
ŏ,GOH XS ,GOH XS 7KURWWOH KROG *\UR WHPSRUDULO\LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVWKHPL[LQJ
VHQVLWLYLW\PLQLPXP DPRXQWFDQEHVHW
ŏ+RZHYHU DW DXWR URWDWLRQ RI D WDLOGULYHQ
KHOLFRSWHU WKLV IXQFWLRQ PD\ QRW KDYH DQ\ 9. Throttle hold setting
HIIHFWDWKLJKJ\URVHQVLWLYLW\
*If throttle hold is necessary, please refer to the THR HOLD
function, p.113.
3LWFKWR58'PL[LQJVHWWLQJ
10. Throttle cut setting
Note: When using a GY601, GY502, GY401,
or other heading hold gyro, this Pitch to RUD Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
mixing should not be used. The reaction HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
torque is corrected at the gyro side. When at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
operating the gyro in the AVCS mode, the to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
mixed signal will cause neutral deviation
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
symptoms and the gyro will not operate
normally. WR18//
Use this function when you want to suppress
the torque generated by the changes in the pitch
and speed of the main rotor during pitch operation.
Adjust it so that the nose does not swing in the
rudder direction. However, when using a heading
hold gyro like those shown below, do not use Pitch *With throttle stick at idle, adjust the cut position
to RUD mixing. until the engine consistently shuts off, but throttle
Call the Pitch to RUD mixing function from the linkage is not binding.

6ZDVK0L[FRUUHFWVDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG
pitch interaction
The swash mix function is used to correct the
swash plate in the aileron (Left/Right Cyclic)
and elevator (Forward/Aft Cyclic) direction
corresponding to each operation of each condition.
7KURWWOHPL[LQJVHWWLQJ
*If throttle mixing is necessary for a compensation for
slowing of engine speed caused by swash plate operation
during aileron or elevator operation, please refer to the
THROTTLE MIX function, p.113.
2WKHUVSHFLDOPL[LQJV
ŏ3LWFKWR1HHGOHPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVXVHGZLWKHQJLQHVZLWKDFRQVWUXFWLRQ
ZKLFKDOORZVQHHGOHFRQWUROGXULQJÁLJKWIXHODLU
PL[WXUHDGMXVWPHQW$QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW
7KHQHHGOHVHUYRULVHFKDUDFWHULVWLFVDWWKURWWOH
VWLFNDFFHOHUDWLRQGHFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
DGMXVWHG$FFHOHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ*RYHUQRUPL[LQJ
7KLVPL[LQJLVGHGLFDWHGJRYHUQRUPL[LQJZKHQD
*9JRYHUQRULVXVHG8SWRUDWHVVSHHGVFDQ
EHVZLWFKHGIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ

Receiver and servo connection
Connect the receiver and servos in accordance with the connection diagram shown below. Always read
[Precautions when mounting the receiver and servos] or [Before using]. When mounting the receiver and
servos to the fuselage, connect the necessary points in accordance with the kit instruction manual.
Receiver and servos connection diagram
Ɣ$OZD\VFRQQHFWWKHQHFHVVDU\QXPEHURIVHUYRV
Ɣ7KHUHFHLYHUFKDQQHODVVLJQPHQWGHSHQGVRQWKH
PRGHOW\SH6HHWKH6HUYRFRQQHFWLRQE\PRGHO
W\SHWDEOHV
5'36RXWSXWFRQQHFWRUVHFWLRQ
5HFHLYHUFRQQHFWRUV
Ɣ%&3RZHUVXSSO\'6&FRQQHFWRU
Ɣ&+a2XWSXWFRQQHFWRUVa
&+~
Ɣ'*6ZLWFKFKDQQHORXWSXWFRQQHFWRU
'*
Ɣ%&
Ɣ&+~
Ɣ'*
%&
Ɣ0RQLWRU/('
Ɣ'*
Ni-Cd battery
Charging port/ Receiver switch

Servos
DSC connector
The Servo connection by model type tables are shown on the following pages. Connect the
servos to match the fuselage used.

Servo connection by model type
The T12FG transmitter channels are automatically assigned for optimal combination according to the
type selected with the Model Type function of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignment (initial setting)
for each model type is shown below. Connect the receiver and servos to match the type used.
*The set channels can be checked at the Function screen of the Linkage Menu. The channel assignments can also be changed. For
more information, read the description of the Function menu.
Airplane/glider/motor glider
Ɣ$LUSODQHDQG9WDLO
[PCM-G3 mode]
RX 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
CH Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
*HDU $8; $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8;
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
9 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
ŏ9&aDUHYLUWXDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQRI
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
RX 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP
CH Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU )ODS $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS $LOHURQ
*HDU $8; $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS )ODS
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
ŏ9&aDUHYLUWXDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQRI

Ɣ$LOYDWRU
[PCM-G3 mode]
RX 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
CH Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
*HDU $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
9 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
ŏ9&aDUHYLUWXDOFKDQQHOVZLWKRXWDUHFHLYHURXWSXW)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQRI
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
RX 1AIL 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP
CH Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
(OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 $LUEUDNH $LUEUDNH 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
*HDU $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;

Ɣ7DLOOHVVZLQJ
[PCM-G3 mode]
RX 2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP 4AIL+4FLAP
CH Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
6 *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8; *HDU $8;
$8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
9 $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS
9& (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
2AIL 2AIL+1FLAP 2AIL+2FLAP 2AIL+4FLAP 4AIL+2FLAP
RX
CH Glider Glider Glider Glider
Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Glider Airplane Airplane
Normal Winglet Normal Winglet
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU 7KURWWOH 0RWRU )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS )ODS $LOHURQ $LOHURQ
$LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ $LOHURQ )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
6 *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS )ODS )ODS
$8; $8; *HDU $8; )ODS )ODS 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU 5XGGHU
$8; $8; $8; $8; )ODS )ODS $8; 5XGGHU $8; 5XGGHU
9& (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU (OHYDWRU
9& $8; $8; &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU &DPEHU
9& $8; $8; $8; %XWWHUÁ\ $8; %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\ %XWWHUÁ\
9& $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8; $8;

Helicopter
[PCM-G3 mode]
RX CH H-4, H4X Swash All Other ŏ9&a DUH YLUWXDO FKDQQHOV ZLWK QR UHFHLYHU
RXWSXW )RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ VHH WKH
1 Throttle Throttle GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH )XQFWLRQ PHQX RI WKH
2 Rudder Rudder /LQNDJH0HQX
3 Aileron Gyro
4 Elevator Aileron
5 Pitch Elevator
6 Elevator 2 Pitch
7 Gyro Governor 1
8 Governor 1 Governor 2
9 Governor 2 Needle
10 Needle AUX3
11 AUX2 AUX2
12 AUX1 AUX1
VC1 AUX1 AUX1
VC2 AUX1 AUX1
VC3 AUX1 AUX1
VC4 AUX1 AUX1
[PCM1024/PPM mode]
RX CH H-4, H4X Swash All Other
1 Throttle Throttle
2 Rudder Rudder
3 Aileron Gyro
4 Elevator Aileron
5 Pitch Elevator
6 Elevator 2 Pitch
7 Gyro Governor 1
8 Governor 1 Governor 2
VC1 AUX1 AUX1
VC2 AUX1 AUX1
VC3 AUX1 AUX1
VC4 AUX1 AUX1

FUNCTIONS OF LINKAGE MENU
The Linkage Menu is made up of functions The functions which can be selected depend on
which perform model addition, model type the model type. A typical menu screen is shown
selection, frequency setting, end point setting, and below.
other model basic settings.
ŏ6HOHFW>/,1.$*(@DWWKHKRPHVFUHHQDQGFDOO
WKH OLQNDJH PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ6 H O H F W W K H > / , 1 . $ * ( KRPHVFUHHQ
0(18@ DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH
EDIT dial
KRPH VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ ŏ7 X U Q W K H E D I T G L D O W R
WKHEDITEXWWRQ PRYHRQWKHVFUHHQ
EDIT button
*The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.

+HOLFRSWHUW\SHRQO\
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN ORZHU WKDQ
WKH SRLQW DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWHGHDFWLYDWH WKH
FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
*Refer to condition hold function details.
*Condition hold operation is displayed.
Linkage Menu functions table

[SERVO MONITOR]: Displays the servo test and operation position
[MODEL SELECT]: Model addition, call, deletion, copy, model name setting
[MODEL TYPE]: Model type, wing type, swash type, etc. selection
[FREQUENCY]: Frequency selection, modulation mode selection, receiver ID setting
[FUNCTION]: Channel assignment of each function can be changed
[SUB-TRIM]: Adjusts the neutral position of each servo
[SERVO-REVERSE]: Servo direction reversal
[FAIL SAFE]: Fail safe function and battery fail safe function setting (PCM-G3/PCM1024 only)
[END POINT]: Servo basic rudder adjustment and limit setting
[THROTTLE CUT]: Stops the engine safely and easily (airplane and helicopter only)
[IDLE DOWN]: Lowers the idle speed of the engine (airplane and helicopter only)
>6:$6+5,1*@/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQD¿[HGUDQJHKHOLFRSWHURQO\
[SWASH]: Swash AFR and linkage correction function (helicopter only)
[TIMER]: Timer setting
[T1-T6 SETTING]: Control step amount and mode selection of the digital trim
[DATA RESET]: Model memory set data reset (by item)
[COND. HOLD]: Condition hold function (helicopter only)
<Functions of Linkage Menu> 47
6HUYR7HVW *UDSK'LVSOD\'LVSOD\VVHUYRSRVLWLRQV
SERVO MONITOR
This is used for testing servo movement. The “Neutral Test” is good for finding the
“Moving Test” (repetition mode) and “Neutral neutral position of a servo horn.
7HVW´¿[HGSRVLWLRQPRGHDUHDYDLODEOH
ŏ6HOHFW>6(592021,725@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG
(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
*The display screen is an example. The screen
Servo test operation

8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
>7(67@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKHWHVWPRGHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
WRWKHOHIWRUULJKWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>029,1*@0RGHZKLFKUHSHDWVRSHUDWLRQRI
HDFKVHUYR
>1(875$/@ 0RGH ZKLFK ORFNV HDFK VHUYR LQ
WKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ
>7(67@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFK
WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFWWKH>2))@E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7HVWLQJLVVWRSSHG
48 <Functions of Linkage Menu>

7KH 0RGHO 6HOHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQ SHUIRUPV PRGHO DGGLWLRQ FDOO
MODEL SELECT GHOHWLRQFRS\DQGPRGHOQDPHVHWWLQJ
This function is used to load the settings of the always appears in the display screen.
desired model into the T12FG’s memory. The Copy function is used to copy one set of model
The settings may be selected from either the data into a second memory within the transmitter and
transmitter’s built-in memory or a SD card (32MB- the SD card. It may be used for getting a head-start on
1GB). Remember that up to 30 model memories are setting up models with almost the same settings (only
available in the transmitter. GLIIHUHQFHVQHHGWREHPRGL¿HGLQVWHDGRIHQWHULQJWKH
The name of the model stored in the transmitter and complete model from scratch). Also, this function may
the SD card may be changed. This can be very useful be used to make a backup copy of a model setup before
to tell different models settings apart. Each model name any changes are made.
can be as long as 8 characters, and the model name
ŏ 6HOHFW >02'(/ 6(/(&7@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG ŏ6DYHWR
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH >,17(51$/@WUDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
(',7EXWWRQ
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
EDIT dial
EDIT button
(Model list) *The display screen is an example. The screen
Model call Model addition

*Model data saved at models other than the model currently *A new model can be added to the transmitter memory or SD
used or saved on a SD card can be called. card.
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WR WKH VDYH 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
GHVWLQDWLRQ,17(51$/RU0(0&$5'DQG VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQ,17(51$/RU0(0&$5'
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
LQSXWPRGH GDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH ORFDWLRQ ZKLFK LV WR VDYH WKH 6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH
GHVLUHGPRGHOE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW RU ULJKW 3XVK WKH (',7
OHIWRUULJKW3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ EXWWRQ
>,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\ >,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG >0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
$IWHUXVLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR 8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>1(:@
WKHGHVLUHGPRGHOLQWKHPRGHOOLVWSXVKWKH 3UHVV WKH (',7 EXWWRQ $ FRQILUPDWLRQ
(',7EXWWRQ PHVVDJH DSSHDUV 3UHVV WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>6(/(&7@ DJDLQ
3XVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ :KHQ D FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQLV
SXVKHGDJDLQFDOOLQJLVFRPSOHWH
*The model type setup screen and frequency setup screen are
DXWRPDWLFDOO\GLVSOD\HG&RQ¿UPRUFKDQJHWKHPRGHOW\SH
and frequency.
7UDQVPLVVLRQVWRSVDQGDVHQGZLWKQHZPRGHOFRQ¿UPDWLRQ *A starting transmission with new model confirmation
message ("TRANSMIT?") appears. message ("TRANSMIT") appears.
7R VWDUW WUDQVPLVVLRQ XVH WKH (',7 GLDO WR 7R VWDUW WUDQVPLVVLRQ XVH WKH (',7 GLDO WR
VHOHFW><(6@DQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ VHOHFW><(6@DQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7 7RQRWWUDQVPLWVHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ EXWWRQ
*The added model appears in the model list.
Model deletion WKH (',7 EXWWRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG
UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH VHOHFW >&$1&(/@
*The model stored in the transmitter memory or a SD card
can be deleted.
*The current model can not be deleted.
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH Model copy
VDYHGHVWLQDWLRQGLVSOD\,17(51$/RU0(0 *A copy can be made of the current model.
&$5'DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH 8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHFXUUHQWPRGHO
LQ WKH PRGHO OLVW DQG WKHQ SXVK WKH (',7
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH EXWWRQ
(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ 0RYHWR>&23<@ZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
>,17(51$/@7UDQVPLWWHUPHPRU\ 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The copy screen appears.
>0(0&$5'@6'FDUG
PRGHO \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWH LQ WKH PRGHO OLVW
DQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>'(/(7(@
3XVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ :KHQ D FRQILUPDWLRQ 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WR WKH FRS\
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQLV GHVWLQDWLRQ SRVLWLRQ DW WKH ERWWRP RI WKH
SXVKHGDJDLQWKHPRGHOLVGHOHWHG VFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH VDYH GHVWLQDWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH
(',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>&23<@
3XVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ :KHQ D FRQILUPDWLRQ
PHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HGDQGWKH(',7EXWWRQLV
Model name change SXVKHGDJDLQWKHPRGHOGDWDLVFRSLHG
*The current model's name can be changed.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFWWKHFXUUHQWPRGHO
LQ WKH PRGHO OLVW DQG WKHQ SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>5(1$0(@
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The model name setup screen is displayed.
&KDQJH WKH PRGHO QDPH DV GHVFULEHG

EHORZ
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQLQSXWER[@
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ >'(/(7(@ LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH (',7
EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\
DIWHUWKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@
:KHQ D FDQGLGDWH FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG
IURP WKH FKDUDFWHU OLVW DQG WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
LV SXVKHG WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH
SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
model name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.)

7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHPRGHOW\SHIURPDPRQJDLUSODQHKHOLFRSWHU
MODEL TYPE DQGJOLGHU
Seven types of main wings and three types :KHQ WKH 0RGHO 7\SH 6HOHFWLRQ FRPPDQG LV
of tail wings are available for airplanes. Eight DFFHVVHG DOO RI WKH GDWD LQ WKH DFWLYH PHPRU\ LV
FOHDUHG H[FHSW WKH IROORZLQJ VZDVK W\SH %H VXUH
swash types are available for helicopters. Seven WKDW\RXGRQ·WPLQGORVLQJWKLVGDWDRUEDFNLWXSWR
types of main wings and three types of tail wings DQRWKHUPHPRU\XVLQJWKHFRS\LQJIXQFWLRQV
are available for gliders. Functions and mixing :KHQ \RX FKDQJH WKH KHOLFRSWHU VZDVK W\SH
functions necessary for each model type are set in ZLWKLQ WKH IROORZLQJ HDFK JURXS \RX FDQ OHDYH
advance at the factory. WKH VHWWLQJ GDWD RWKHU WKDQ WKH 6:$6+ IXQFWLRQ ,Q
1RWH7KH0RGHO7\SHIXQFWLRQDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHOHFWV WKLV FDVH FRQILUPDWLRQ VFUHHQ DSSHDUV +RZHYHU
WKH DSSURSULDWH RXWSXW FKDQQHOV FRQWURO IXQFWLRQV LW LV LQLWLDOL]HG ZKHQ \RX FKDQJH WKH VZDVK W\SH
DQGPL[LQJIXQFWLRQVIRUWKHFKRVHQPRGHOW\SH H[FHHGLQJWKHJURXS
6ZDVKW\SHJURXS$
ŏ6HOHFW>02'(/7<3(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO ++++5+1DQG+(
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7 6ZDVKW\SHJURXS%
EXWWRQ ++;
EDIT dial
EDIT button
(The display screen is an example. The screen
depends on the model type.)
Model type selection *The model types which are displayed (which can be
selected) depend on the type of receiver used. For instance,
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH for the R149DP, only model types compatible with CH8 can
LWHP\RXZDQWWRFKDQJHDQGWKHQFDOOWKH be selected. See Servo Connection by Model Type.
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7<3(0RGHOW\SH
:,1*DLUSODQHJOLGHU:LQJW\SH
7$,/DLUSODQHJOLGHU7DLOW\SH
6:$6+KHOLFRSWHU6ZDVKW\SH
W\SH \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH DQG VHOHFW WKH
W\SHE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When the model type was changed, the wing type, tail
type, or swash type selection screens sequentially appear
according to the model. Finally, the blinking confirmation
message "MODEL TYPE CONFIRMATION" appears.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRH[HFXWHWKHFKDQJH
2SHUDWH WKH (',7 GLDO RU 6 EXWWRQ WR VWRS
WKHFKDQJH

Model type
ŏ0RGHOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ Select the model type
from among airplane,
helicopter, and glider.
(Airplane, glider) (Helicopter)
ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ ŏ6ZDVKW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
Helicopter swash type

ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ1RUPDO Select from among H-1, H-2, H-4, HR3,
HN3, H-3, HE3, and H4X.
ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ7DLOOHVVZLQJ Wing type (Normal)

Select from among :
DLOHURQDLOHURQVDLOHURQVÀDS
DLOHURQVÀDSVDLOHURQVÀDSV
Wing type (Tailless wing)
ŏ5XGGHUW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
Selection from among:
DLOHURQVDLOHURQVÀDS
*For tailless wing, the rudder type can be selected from
normal rudder and winglet.
ŏ7DLOW\SHVHOHFWLRQ
Tail type
Select from normal, V tail, and ailvator.

Model type selection (Airplane, Glider)
Ɣ:LQJW\SH1RUPDO

Ɣ:LQJW\SH7DLOOHVVZLQJ

Ɣ5XGGHUW\SH

Ɣ7DLOW\SH

Model type selection (Helicopter)

Ɣ6ZDVKW\SH


)UHTXHQF\VHWWLQJPRGXODWLRQPRGHVHWWLQJUHFHLYHU,'FRGHVHWWLQJ
FREQUENCY
Frequency setting PCM-G3 communication mode selection
The T12FG transmitter uses a synthesizer Two types of PCM-G3 communication modes
system. Its frequency can be changed within the can be selected. (Mode A and Mode B)
range of the frequency band of the module used. Mode A is conventional mode and displays the
The frequency of the R5114DPS receiver is set maximum performance of the servo response to
from the transmitter. Use a receiver matched to the stick operation (recommended.) Mode B is a mode
frequency band of the transmitter. with enhanced communication quality. For the
interference characteristic, ModeB is better than
Receiver ID code
ModeA. In communication mode B, the servo
When the R5114DPS receiver (PCM-G3 response to stick operation is approximately 20%
receiver) is used, the ID code located on the back lower than that of mode A.
of the receiver case must be entered.
Choose the mode matched to the usage
*When two receivers are used with a large model, etc., enter
the 2nd receiver ID also. environment.
Modulation mode selection &RPSDWLEOHUHFHLYHU
0RGH$5'36DQG5'36
With the T12FG, 3 modulation modes (PCM-G3/
PCM1024/PPM (FM)) can be selected. Select the 0RGH%5'367KH5'36LVQRW0RGH%
FRPSDWLEOH
modulation mode matched to the type of receiver
used.
ŏ 6HOHFW >)5(48(1&<@ DW WKH OLQNDJH

PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Frequency switching method 7RVWDUWWUDQVPLVVLRQVHOHFW><(6@ZLWKWKH(',7

GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7RQRWWUDQVPLW
For a description of the frequency switching and VHOHFW>12@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ID setting methods, refer to the procedure given in *When the mode is changed from the PCM-G3 mode to
the Basic Operation section. DQRWKHUPRGHDQGWKHQXPEHURIFKDQQHOVLVLQVXI¿FLHQWGXH
Modulation scheme (Modulation) change to the wing type used, the mode cannot be changed.
02'8/$7,21 LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 Receiver ID code input
EXWWRQ
*Input the 8-digit ID number indicated on the receiver case.
*The modulation selection screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHOHFW>5(&(,9(5,'@DQG
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ 7KH UHFHLYHU ,' FRGH
VHWXSVFUHHQDSSHDUV
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR VHOHFW WKH PRGH DQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
7KHFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJH02'8/7<3(,6&+$1*('
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR VHOHFW WKH FDQGLGDWH
SURE?" appears.
FKDUDFWHURIWKHÀUVWGLJLWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
:KHQ WKH (',7 EXWWRQ LV SUHVVHG DJDLQ WKH EXWWRQ6HTXHQWLDOO\VHWWKHGLJLWQXPEHU
PRGHLVFKDQJHG *If you make a mistake, select [BACK SPACE] with the
*Transmission stops and a transmit or do not transmit in the EDIT dial and erase the incorrect digit by pressing the EDIT
QHZPRGHFRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJH75$160,7"DSSHDUV button.

WKH(',7EXWWRQ
*Once the ID code is set, re-setting is unnecessary as long as
the receiver is not changed.
PCM-G3 communication mode selection

02'8/$7,21 LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ
*The mode selection screen appears.
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR VHOHFW WKH >02'(@ LWHP
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR VHOHFW WKH PRGH DQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The communication mode is changed.
WARNING
:KHQÀ\LQJDIWHUIUHTXHQF\FKDQJHHPLWUDGLR
waves only after verifying the frequency.
*Also change the frequency clip. Emitting radio waves with-
RXWYHUL¿FDWLRQLVH[WUHPHO\GDQJHURXV

&KDQQHODVVLJQPHQWRIHDFKIXQFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
FUNCTION
When you select model and wing (swash) types, VC1~VC4 (virtual channels)
you will find that the optimized combinations of These four channels can be set as virtual functions
servo output channels and functions have been that do not have servo output channels. You can
already preset. If you would like, you can freely freely change combinations between functions
change combinations of servo output channels, (aileron, elevator, etc) and input controllers (sticks,
functions (aileron, elevator, etc), and input switches, trim levers and trim switches).
controllers (sticks, switches, trim levers and trim
switches). Servo Output Channels
*You can also assign the same function to multiple servo For PCMG3 mode, you can set twelve linear
output channels such as assigning elevator function to CH2 channels and two digital channels. For PCM1024
and CH3. mode, you can set eight linear channels and one
1RWH,Q3&0*PRGHFRPELQDWLRQVRIWKUHH
FKDQQHOVVXFKDV&+WKURXJK&+&+WKURXJK
digital channel. For PPM mode, you can set only
&+&+WKURXJK&+DQG&+WKURXJK&+ eight linear channels.
ZRUNVLPXOWDQHRXVO\)XWDEDUHFRPPHQGVWKDW\RX *DG1/2 (digital channels)
XVHWKHVWDQGDUGRSWLPL]HGGHIDXOWFRPELQDWLRQV This channel can be used as switch channels. You can freely
RIFKDQQHOVDQGIXQFWLRQVLQRUGHUWRPLQLPL]H change combinations between servo output channels and
VHUYRGHOD\ZKHQ\RXXVHPXOWLSOHVHUYRVWRFRQWURO input controllers (sticks, switches, trim levers and trim
PRGHOVVXFKDVVZDVKPRGHKHOLFRSWHUVDQGGXDO switches).
HOHYDWRUDLUSODQHVRUÁDSHURQDLUSODQHV
ŏ7ULPRSHUDWLRQPRGH
&20%&RPELQDWLRQPRGH
ŏ 6HOHFW >)81&7,21@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO 6(3$56HSDUDWHPRGH
EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Function change Operation control change

)81&7,21LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR &21752/LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWR
FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The function selection screen is displayed. *The control selection screen is displayed.
IXQFWLRQQDPH\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The function name blinks.
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRH[HFXWHWKHFKDQJH
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR FDQFHO WKLV RSHUDWLRQ 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
RSHUDWHWKH(',7GLDORU6EXWWRQ FRQWURO \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH DQG SXVK WKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*Multiple channels can be assigned to one function.
*The same control can be assigned to multiple channels.
*The setting can be changed for each condition.
After the set mode is changed from group mode [G] to
single mode [S] at the control selection screen, only that
condition setting is changed by control change; setting of
other conditions remains the same.

Trim setting
75,0 LWHP RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR
FKDQJHDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The trim setup screen is displayed.
7KH IROORZLQJ LWHPV FDQ EH VHW DW WKH WULP

VHWXSVFUHHQ
*The setting can be changed for each condition.
After the set mode is changed from group mode [G] to
single mode [S] at the control selection screen, only that
condition setting is changed by control change; setting of
other conditions remains the same.
Trim selection
WULPOHYHUHWF\RXZDQWWRVHWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
*The setting can be changed.
Trim rate setting

>5$7(@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWULPUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the trim rate
is reset to the initial value.)
Trim mode selection

>75,002'(@LWHPDQGVHOHFWWKHWULPPRGH
E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
>1250@1RUPDOPRGH1RUPDOWULPSDUDOOHO
VKLIWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
> $ 7 / @ $ 7 / R S H U D W L R Q P R G H 0 D [ L P X P
FKDQJH QHDU FHQWHU E\ RSHUDWLRQ QRUPDOO\
XVHG ZLWK WKURWWOH WULP 5HYHUVH LV DOVR
SRVVLEOH
>1250@>5(9@VHOHFWLRQLVSRVVLEOHDWWKH$7/
5(9LWHP
>&(17(5@0D[LPXPFKDQJHQHDUFHQWHUE\
FHQWHUWULPRSHUDWLRQ

6HWWLQJRIQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQRIHDFKVHUYR
SUB-TRIM
The Sub-Trim function is used to set the servo
neutral position, and may be used to make fine
adjustments to the control surface after linkages
and pushrods are hooked up. When you begin to set
up a model, be sure that the digital trims are set to
their center position.
ŏ6HOHFW>68%75,0@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Sub trim adjustment

FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG SXVK WKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, sub trim is
reset to the initial value.)
*Before sub trim adjustment, adjustment of the linkage so that
control surfaces need not use sub trim as much as possible is
very important.
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO

8VHWRUHYHUVHWKHWKURZGLUHFWLRQ
SERVO-REVERSE
Servo Reverse changes the direction of an that control multiple servos, it may be confusing
individual servo’s response to a control stick to tell whether the servo needs to be reversed or a
movement. setting in the function needs to be reversed. See the
For CCPM helicopters, be sure to read the instructions for each specialized function for further
section on Swash AFR before reversing any servos. details. Always check servo direction prior to every
With CCPM helicopters, always complete your ÀLJKWDVDQDGGLWLRQDOSUHFDXWLRQWRFRQ¿UPSURSHU
servo reversing prior to any other programming. model memory, hook ups, and radio function.
If you use pre-built Airplane/Sailplane functions
ŏ6HOHFW>6(5925(9(56(@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQG
(',7EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Servo reversing procedure

*After linkage of a new model is complete, check whether or
not each servo is connected to the correct channel.
*Next, determine whether you need to reverse any channels
by moving each stick.
FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR UHYHUVH DQG SXVK WKH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDODQGFKDQJHWKHGLVSOD\WR
>5(9(56(@RU>1250$/@
*The display blinks.
:KHQ WKH (',7 EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG VHUYR
RSHUDWLRQ LV UHYHUVHG 2SHUDWH (',7 GLDO RU
6EXWWRQWRVWRSUHYHUVDO
*Repeat the operation above for each channel that must be
reversed.

6HWV WKH VHUYRV RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ ZKHQ WUDQVPLWWHU VLJQDOV FDQ QR
FAIL SAFE ORQJHUEHUHFHLYHGRUZKHQWKHUHFHLYHUEDWWHU\YROWDJHGURSV
The Failsafe function may be used to set up positions control suddenly moves to a position you did not
that the servos move to in the case of radio interference. command, land at once and check your receiver
This function only works with G3 or PCM receivers battery.
(FM receivers do not have failsafe capability). 'H¿QHVVHUYRSRVLWLRQZKHQVLJQDOVDUHORVWDQG
You may set either of two positions for each when receiver battery voltage becomes low.
channel: Hold, where the servo maintains its last
commanded position, or Failsafe, where each servo WARNING
moves to a predetermined position. You may choose For safety, always set the fail safe functions.
either mode for each channel. Ɣ(VSHFLDOO\VHWWKHWKURWWOHFKDQQHOIDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQVRWKDW
The T12FG system also provides you with an the servo moves to the maximum slow side for airplanes and
advanced battery monitoring function that warns to the slow side from the hovering position for helicopters.
you when the receiver battery has only a little Crashing of the model at full high when normal radio waves
power remaining. In this case, each servo is moved cannot be received due to interference, etc., is very dangerous.
to the defined failsafe position (PCM1024: CH3 Ɣ,IIDLOVDIHLVUHVHWE\WKURWWOHVWLFNLWPD\EHPLVWDNHQIRUDQ
only.) The battery failsafe may be released by engine malfunction and will be reset at throttle slow and the model
operating a predefined control on the transmitter ZLOOFRQWLQXHWRÀ\,I\RXKDYHDQ\GRXEWVLPPHGLDWHO\ODQG
(default is throttle), do not continue to fly, land
as soon as possible. Remember, if the predefined
ŏ 6HOHFW >)$,/ 6$)(@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG FDOO (The display screen is an example. The screen
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7 depends on the model type.)
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Fail safe setting procedure Battery fail safe setting procedure

8VHWKH(',7GLDODQGPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH %DWWHU\IDLOVDIHFDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
)6LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHWDQG E\WKHVDPHPHWKRGDVWKHIDLOVDIHVHWWLQJ
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD SURFHGXUH6HOHFWDQGVHWWKH%$7)6LWHP
LQSXWPRGH >%)6@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ21
'LVSOD\ >)6@ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH >2))@%DWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ2))
OHIW
*The display blinks. Battery fail safe release switch setting
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ2SHUDWH(',7GLDORU6 7KLVIXQFWLRQWHPSRUDULO\UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\
EXWWRQWRVWRSVHWWLQJ IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQIRUWKHIXVHODJHWRUHFRYHU
*The channel switches to the F/S mode. DIWHU WKH EDWWHU\ IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ ZDV
DFWLYDWHG E\ D GURS LQ WKH UHFHLYHU EDWWHU\
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH )6326 LWHP E\ YROWDJH7KLVVHWWLQJVHOHFWVWKHVZLWFKZKLFK
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHULJKW UHOHDVHVWKHEDWWHU\IDLOVDIHIXQFWLRQ
+ROG WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VWLFN NQRE VOLGHU 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
HWF LQ WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WKH VHUYR >5(/($6(%$77(5<)6@LWHP
WR PRYH WR ZKHQ WKH IDLO VDIH IXQFWLRQ LV
DFWLYDWHG DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ IRU 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
VHFRQG *The switch selection screen is called.
*The set position is displayed in percentage. *For a detailed description of the switch selection and ON/
OFF direction setting method, see [Switch Setting Method]
*When you want to return that channel to the hold mode, use
at the back of this manual.
the EDIT dial to move the cursor to the "F/S" item and push
the EDIT button to switch to the data input mode. Display
[HOLD] by turning the EDIT dial to the right and then
change the mode by pushing the EDIT button.

6HWVWKHWUDYHOOLPLWSRLQWDQGVSHHGRIHDFKVHUYR
END POINT
The End Point function adjusts the left and right NOTE: The Servo Speed setting is used to set the servo delay
servo throws, generates differential throws, and for each channel, from channel l to channel 12. The system
uses the programmed speed (delay) to slow down servo
will correct improper linkage settings. position changes. The Servo Speed setting can be varied
The Travel rate can be varied from 30% to 140% from 0 to 27 in each channel.
in each direction on channels 1 to 12. Also, the
Limit point where servo throw stops may be varied
from 0% to 155%.
ŏ6HOHFW>(1'32,17@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Servo travel adjustment Servo speed setting

75$9 LWHP RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR 63((' LWHP RI WKH FKDQQHO \RX ZDQW WR
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHUDWH 7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHVHUYRVSHHG
,QLWLDOYDOXH ,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVWHSV
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is (When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the servo
reset to the initial value.) speed is reset to the initial value.)
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKUDWH 5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
Limit point adjustment

/,0,7LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRDGMXVW
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRDGMXVWWKHOLPLWSRLQW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the limit point
5HSHDWWKLVSURFHGXUHIRUHDFKOLPLWSRLQW

6WRSVWKHHQJLQHVDIHO\DQGHDVLO\DLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\
THROTTLE CUT
Throttle cut provides an easy way to stop the
HQJLQHE\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFN
at idle. The action is not functional at high throttle
to avoid accidental dead sticks. The switch’s
location and direction must be chosen, as it defaults
to NULL.
ŏ 6HOHFW >7+5277/( &87@ DW WKH OLQNDJH PHQX DQG

(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ ŏ&XWSRVLWLRQ
Throttle cut setting procedure

*Perform the following settings before using the EDIT dial to *With the selected cut switch ON and the throttle stick at idle;
move the cursor to the item to be set. adjust the rate until the engine consistently cuts off.
However, be sure that the throttle linkage is not pulled too
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
tight and unreasonable force is not applied to the servo.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHP DQG
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWXQWLOWKHEOLQNLQJ
FKDQJHV IURP ,1+ WR $&7 DQG WKHQ SXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHP DQG
FDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQE\SUHVVLQJWKH
(',7 EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG 21
GLUHFWLRQ
(For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)
7KURWWOHFXWSRVLWLRQVHWWLQJ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>&87326,7,21@LWHP
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHVHUYRRSHUDWLRQSRVLWLRQDWWKURWWOH
FXWRSHUDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKH
OHIWRUULJKW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pressed for 1 second, the servo
operation position is reset to the initial value.)

/RZHUVWKHHQJLQHLGOLQJVSHHGDLUSODQHDQGKHOLFRSWHURQO\
IDLE DOWN
The Idle Down function lowers the engines idle
E\ÀLSSLQJDVZLWFKZLWKWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDWLGOH
The action is not functional at high throttle to avoid
accidental dead sticks. The switch’s location and
direction must be chosen, as it defaults to NULL.
ŏ6HOHFW>,'/('2:1@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ&XUUHQWWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQ
Idle down setting procedure 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG

*Perform the following settings after using the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set.
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
LQSXWPRGH
6ZLWFK WKH EOLQNLQJ IURP ,1+ WR $&7 E\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGWKHQSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHP FDOO
WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH
GLUHFWLRQ
Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)
2IIVHWUDWHVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >2))6(7@ LWHP DQG
LQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH VHUYR RIIVHW UDWH DW LGOH GRZQ
RSHUDWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIW
RUULJKW
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the offset rate
*Maximum offset amount is near maximum slow.

/LPLWVWKHVZDVKSODWHWUDYHOWRZLWKLQDÀ[HGUDQJH+HOLFRSWHURQO\
SWASH RING
This function limits the swash travel to within
a fixed range to prevent damaging of the swash
linkage by simultaneous operation of the ailerons
and elevators. It is effective in 3D aerobatics which
use a large travel.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+ 5,1*@ DW WKH OLQNDJH ŏ:KHQWKHVZDVKULQJIXQFWLRQLVDFWLYDWHG

PHQX DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ D FLUFOH LV GLVSOD\HG LQ WKH RSHUDWLQJ
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 UDQJH GLVSOD\ DUHD DQG WKH UDWH LQSXW
EXWWRQ ER[LVGLVSOD\HG6WLFNRSHUDWLRQLVOLPLWHG
WRZLWKLQWKHDUHDRIWKLVFLUFOH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ 7KHRSHUDWLQJUDQJHGLVSOD\DUHD ŏ 7KH PDUNHU VKRZV WKH

7KH YHUWLFDO GLUHFWLRQ VKRZV WKH VWLFNSRVLWLRQ
H O H Y D W R U W U D Y H O 7 K H + R U L ] R Q W D O
GLUHFWLRQVKRZVWKHDLOHURQWUDYHO
Swash ring setting procedure

*Perform the following settings after using the EDIT dial to
$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
LQSXWPRGH
6ZLWFK WKH EOLQNLQJ IURP ,1+ WR $&7 E\
WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGWKHQSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
5DWHVHWWLQJ
>5$7(@LWHPSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRVHWWKHUDWH
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHWR
*Adjust the rate to maximum swash tilt.
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is

6ZDVKRSHUDWLRQOLQNDJHFRUUHFWLRQIXQFWLRQKHOLFRSWHURQO\H[FHSW
SWASH VZDVKW\SH+
Neutral Point The following compensation mixing is possible;

At your linkages, if the servo horn deviates from PIT to AIL, PIT to ELE, AIL to PIT, ELE to AIL,
a perpendicular position at neutral, the linkage and ELE to PIT (HR3 mode.) It adjusts the swash-
compensation functions in this menu may not plate to operate correctly for each control using the
compensate effectively. To correct this use the corresponding compensation mixing.
Neutral Point function. This will move the neutral Linkage Compensation
point of the servos to the actual perpendicular
This compensation mixing is used to correct the
position. However, this adjustment changes only
tendency of the swash-plate for pitch control at low
the axis point of the compensation functions in this
pitch and high pitch.
menu, and does not affect the neutral position of
other functions. Speed Compensation
Swash AFR This function is used to cancel the reaction that is
generated by the difference of the operation amount
Swash AFR function reduces/increases/reverses
of each servo when the swash-plate moves.
the rate (travel) of the aileron, elevator and
collective pitch functions, by adjusting or reversing
the motion of all servos involved in that function,
only when using that function.
Mixing Rate
This compensation mixing is used to correct
the tendency of the swash-plate for each control.
ŏ6HOHFW>6:$6+@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKH
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
*Before making the following settings, use the EDIT dial to Swash AFR setting procedure
The swash AFR function makes adjustments
Neutral point setting procedure so that the servos travel the specified amount
The neutral point becomes the correction by [AILERON], [ELEVATOR], and [PITCH]
standard point. operation.
*Adjusting the servo horn so that the neutral point is near the 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
50% position makes the mixing amount small. IXQFWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR DGMXVW DQG SXVK WKH
1HXWUDOSRLQWVHWWLQJ
$GMXVWWKH$)5UDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWR
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>32,17@LWHPDQGKROG
WKHOHIWRUULJKW
WKHSLWFKRSHUDWLRQVRWKDWWKHVHUYRKRUQLV
DWDULJKWDQJOHWRWKHOLQNDJHURGDQGSXVK ,QLWLDOYDOXH
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ IRU VHFRQG DQG UHDG WKH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa
QHXWUDOSRVLWLRQ (When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the AFR rate
*The neutral point can also be displayed by bar graph. is reset to the initial value.)
$IWHU UHDGLQJ WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW XVH WKH 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
RWKHU FRUUHFWLRQ IXQFWLRQV WR PDNH IXUWKHU UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
DGMXVWPHQWV

Mixing rate setting procedure
The HR-3 is taken as an example to describe
mixing rate setting. Mixing applied in other swash
modes is different, but the setting procedure is the
same. *When making the following setting, use the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input mode. Push the
EDIT button to end adjustment and return to the cursol
move mode.
*Set the throttle stick to the preset neutral point. Adjust the & R P S H Q V D W L R Q D W D L O H U R Q R S H U D W L R Q
length of the linkage rod so that the swash plate is horizontal >$,/(521@
at this position. 6HWWKHWKURWWOHWRWKHPD[LPXPVORZSRVLWLRQ
*The sub trim function can be used to make small 0RYH WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN WR WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW
adjustments. DQGDGMXVWWKHDLOHURQFRPSHQVDWLRQDPRXQW
VR WKDW LQWHUIHUHQFH LQ WKH HOHYDWRU RU SLWFK
*Adjust so that the pitch curve is a straight line and pitch
GLUHFWLRQDWWKDWWLPHLVPLQLPXP
operation is maximum.
*Adjust the EDIT dial to the left and right.
*When making the following setting, use the EDIT dial to
move the cursor to the item you want to set and push the *The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
EDIT button to switch to the data input mode. Push the *When the interference increases when the compensation
EDIT button to end adjustment and return to the cursol amount was increased, make adjustments with the
move mode. compensation direction [DIR] as "-".
& R P S H Q V D W L R Q D W H O H Y D W R U R S H U D W L R Q
$GMXVWPHQWDWDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ>$,/WR3,7@ >(/(9$725@
$GMXVW WKH $,/ WR 3,7 UDWH VR WKHUH LV QR $GMXVW WKH HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHHOHYDWRURUSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ V R W K D W W K H D L O H U R Q R U S L W F K G L U H F W L R Q
ZKHQ WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN LV PRYHG WR WKH OHIW LQWHUIHUHQFH ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN ZDV
DQGULJKW PRYHGXSDQGGRZQLVPLQLPXP
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left or right. 5HJDUGLQJ VWHSV DQG DERYH SHUIRUP
DLOHURQ DQG HOHYDWRU FRPSHQVDWLRQ VLPLODUO\
*The left and right sides can be adjusted individually.
DWWKHIXOOKLJKVLGHRIWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNDOVR
$GMXVWPHQW DW HOHYDWRU RSHUDWLRQ >(/( WR
$,/@>(/(WR3,7@
$GMXVW WKH (/( WR $,/ DQG (/( WR 3,7 UDWHV VR Speed compensation setting procedure
WKHUHLVQRLQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHDLOHURQRUSLWFK 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
GLUHFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH HOHYDWRU VWLFN LV PRYHG 63((' &203(16$7,21 LWHP DQG SXVK WKH
XSDQGGRZQ (',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left and right. 6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH QHXWUDO SRLQW
*The up and down sides can be adjusted individually. SRVLWLRQ4XLFNO\PRYHWKHHOHYDWRUVWLFNDQG
$GMXVWPHQWDWSLWFKRSHUDWLRQ>3,7WR$,/@>3,7 DGMXVW WKH VSHHG FRPSHQVDWLRQ DPRXQW
WR(/(@ > 6 3 ( ( ' & 2 0 3 ( 1 6 $ 7 , 2 1 @ I R U P L Q L P X P
LQWHUIHUHQFHLQWKHSLWFKGLUHFWLRQ
$GMXVW WKH 3,7 WR $,/ DQG 3,7 WR (/( UDWHV VR
WKDWWKHVZDVKSODWHPRYHVWRWKHKRUL]RQWDO *Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left and right.
SRVLWLRQZKHQWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNZDVPRYHGWR 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
PD[LPXPVORZDQGIXOOKLJK UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*Adjust by turning the EDIT dial to the left and right.
*The slow and high sides can be adjusted individually.
Linkage compensation setting procedure

*Perform linkage compensation setting after mixing rate
setting.
*Linkage compensation compensates for interference by
aileron operation with the elevator or elevator operation
with the aileron at collective pitch control for Low pitch and
Hi pitch.

7LPHUVHWWLQJ
TIMER
Each timer may be set for count-down or count
The Timer function may be set for any desired time,
up operation with a target time.
LHHQJLQHUXQWLPHVSHFL¿HGWLPHVIRUFRPSHWLWLRQV
etc. Two independent timers are provided for your use. If a target time is set and the timer reaches the set
The timers are stored independently with each model, time, a buzzer sound for each count is generated.
meaning that when you switch between model setups, Countdown timers sound one short beep during the
the timer associated with the new model is brought up last twenty seconds and two short beeps during the
automatically. last ten seconds before reaching the target, then a long
The timers may be set to start and stop from the tone at the target time, and continue counting with
motion of any switch or stick. You may set the ON and displaying a minus (-) sign. Count-up timers also beep
OFF directions freely. Each timer has a capacity of up the last twenty and ten seconds, beep the target time,
to 59 minutes 59 seconds. and keep counting upwards until shut down.
ŏ6HOHFW>7,0(5@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Timer setting VZLWFKDQG21GLUHFWLRQ

*Perform the following settings after using the EDIT dial to [For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
move the cursor to the item you want to set. Setting Method] at the back of this manual.]
8SWLPHUGRZQWLPHUVHWWLQJ >5(6(76:@5HVHWVZLWFK
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >02'(@ LWHP DQG >67$576:@6WDUWVZLWFK
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD >67236:@6WRSVZLWFK
LQSXWPRGH
Timer operation
6HOHFWWKHPRGHE\PRYLQJWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWRUULJKWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ ŏ 7LPHU DQG 7LPHU DUH VWDUWHGVWRSSHG E\
>83@8SWLPHU SUHVHOHFWHGVWDUWVWRSVZLWFK
>'2:1@'RZQWLPHU ŏ 7R UHVHW D WLPHU RSHUDWH WKH SUHVHOHFWHG
UHVHWVZLWFKRUPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5(6(7@
7LPHUWLPHVHWWLQJ GLVSOD\RQWKHWLPHUVFUHHQDQGSXVKWKH(',7
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >@>@ LWHP DQG EXWWRQ
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHWLPHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIW
RUULJKW
>@>@>PLQ@>VHF@
6ZLWFKVHWWLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP RI WKH VZLWFK
\RXZDQWWRVHWFDOOWKHVZLWFKVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH

'LJLWDOWULPVHWWLQJV
T1-T6 SETTING
This function adjusts the digital trim's control
step amount and operation mode (T1~T6.)
When the flight conditions are set, the trim
operation can be coupled with among all the
conditions which combination mode is selected.
ŏ6HOHFW>776(77,1*@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Control step amount setting Separate/combination mode selection

>67(3@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR >6(3$&20%@LWHPDQGFKDQJHWREOLQNLQJ
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH E\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDODQGVHOHFWWKHPRGH
6HW WKH FRQWURO VWHS DPRXQW E\ WXUQLQJ WKH E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
(',7GLDO >&20%@ &RPELQDWLRQ PRGH 7KH WULP GDWD
,QLWLDOYDOXH DUHUHÁHFWHGDWDOOWKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHa >6(3$5@6HSDUDWHPRGH7ULPDGMXVWPHQWIRU
HDFKÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQ
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the control
step amount is reset to the initial value.)
*When the value is made large, the change per step becomes
larger.

0RGHOPHPRU\VHWWLQJGDWDUHVHWE\LWHP
DATA RESET
This function is designed to allow you to reset Model menu setting:
selected portions or all of the settings saved in Resets all the functions in the Model Menu
the active model memory. You may individually except Condition Select.
choose to reset the following sets of data;
All model setting:
T1~T6:
Resets all Linkage and Model Menu functions
Reset the digital trim setting. except for Frequency, Model Select, and Model
*All the conditions, or the condition currently being displayed Type.
(the entire group for group setting), can be selected.
*The trim step amount and trim rate are not reset.
ŏ6HOHFW>'$7$5(6(7@DWWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGFDOO
EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Data resetting method

0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP \RX ZDQW WR
UHVHWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
$FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHDSSHDUV
([HFXWH UHVHW E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
DJDLQ2SHUDWH(',7GLDORU6EXWWRQWRVWRS
UHVHWWLQJ
>77$//&21',7,21@5HVHWVRQO\WKH77
DOOFRQGLWLRQV
>77&85517*5283&21'@5HVHWVRQO\
WKHGDWDRI77FRQGLWLRQLQXVHDQGDOOWKH
FRQGLWLRQVVHWWRJURXSPRGH
>02'(/ 0(18 6(77,1*@ 5HVHWV DOO WKH
IXQFWLRQV LQ WKH PRGHO PHQX H[FHSW WKH
FRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQIXQFWLRQV
>$//02'(/6(77,1*@5HVHWVDOOWKHIXQFWLRQV
LQWKHOLQNDJHPHQXDQGPRGHOPHQXH[FHSW
WKH IUHTXHQF\ PRGHO VHOHFW DQG PRGHO
W\SHIXQFWLRQV

&RQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
COND.HOLD
7KLVIXQFWLRQPD\EHXVHGWR¿[WKHPD[LPXP To activate/deactivate Condition hold:
speed of the engine so that you may adjust flight
(Home screen)
conditions when the engine is running. An alarm
indicates that the function is operating. It will 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&1'+2/'@
prevent the engine from racing dangerously when 6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQWKHSRLQW
adjusting the Idle-Up settings. 3 X V K W K H ( ' , 7 E X W W R Q W R D F W L Y D W H W K H
While this function is active, the throttle servo
position is fixed at the point where you operate *When this function is active, "IS ON" appears at the right of
the [CND HOLD] display at the left bottom of the screen.
when the function is activated. You must deactivate
this function when you are through making (LINKAGE menu/MODEL menu)
adjustments. 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@
The system will not allow you to activate/ 6HWWKHWKURWWOHVWLFNORZHUWKDQWKHSRLQW
deactivate this function in either of the following 3 X V K W K H ( ' , 7 E X W W R Q W R D F W L Y D W H W K H
states: FRQGLWLRQKROGIXQFWLRQ
:KHQ DQ\ RI WKH IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFKHV *Operation is displayed at the bottom of the menu.
DUHRQ Function ON: "CND HOLD IS ON" is displayed.
:KHQ WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN LV KLJKHU WKDQ WKH Function OFF: "CND HOLD IS OFF" is displayed.
SRLQW

MODEL MENU (COMMON FUNCTIONS)
This section describes the AFR, program mixing, Select function to add flight conditions. (Up to 8
and other functions common to all model types. conditions can be used)
1RWH7KH7)*LVGHVLJQHGVRWKDWWKHDLUSODQH
Before setting the model data, use the Model
DQGJOLGHULQFOXGLQJ(3JOLGHUPRGHOW\SHVDUH
Type function of the Linkage Menu to select the FRPSDWLEOHZLWKDLUFUDIWRIVLPLODUW\SHZLQJV
model type matched to the fuselage. When another 7KLVVHFWLRQRXWOLQHVWKHUHODWLRQVKLSEHWZHHQWKH
model type is selected thereafter, the AFR, program IXQFWLRQVFRPPRQWRDLUSODQHVDQGJOLGHUVH[FHSW
mixing, and other setting data are reset. VRPHGHGLFDWHGIXQFWLRQVDQGPRGHOW\SH
7KHVHWWLQJLWHPVGHSHQGRQWKHQXPEHURIVHUYRV
The functions in the Model Menu can be set for DQGRWKHUGLIIHUHQFHVDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZLQJW\SH
each flight condition. When you want to use the XVHGEXWUHUHDGWKHP7KHVHWXSVFUHHQVLQWKH
system by switching the settings for each condition LQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDODUHW\SLFDOH[DPSOHV
by switch, stick position, etc., use the Condition
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH >02'(/@ DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ (Model Menu screen example)
DQG FDOO WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\ *The Model Menu screen depends on the model type.
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ This screen is for model type 4AIL+4FLP.
ZDQW WR VHW DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/0(18@ KRPHVFUHHQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Model Menu functions (Common) list
Ɣ6(592021,725 Ɣ'8$/5$7(
Servo test and servo position display (For a A D/R curve which can be switched with a switch,
description of its functions, see the Linkage Menu etc. can also be added.
section.)
Ɣ352*0,;
Ɣ&21'6(/(&7
Program mixing which can be freely customized.
Flight conditions addition, deletion, copy, Up to 10 mixes can be used for each condition.
condition renaming, and condition delay can be set.
Ɣ$)5
Sets the angle and curve of all the operation
functions.
<Model Menu (Common Functions)> 71

)OLJKW FRQGLWLRQ
V DGGLWLRQ GHOHWLRQ FRS\ FRQGLWLRQ UHQDPLQJ DQG
&21',76(/(&7 FRQGLWLRQGHOD\FDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
The functions in the Model Menu can be used by ZKHQWKHUHDUHVXGGHQFKDQJHVLQWKHVHUYR

switching the settings of up to 8 flight conditions SRVLWLRQV DQG ZKHQ WKHUH DUH YDULDWLRQV LQ
WKHRSHUDWLQJWLPHEHWZHHQFKDQQHOVGXULQJ
E\XVLQJWKH&RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKW
FRQGLWLRQVZLWFKLQJFDQEHVXSSUHVVHG7KH
conditions. Add conditions, as required. GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFKDQQHO
When you do not want to use the Condition :KHQ VHWWLQJ WKH GHOD\ IXQFWLRQ DW WKH
Select function, this setting is unnecessary. In this V Z L W F K L Q J G H V W L Q D W L R Q F R Q G L W L R Q W K H
case, use the flight conditions assigned at initial UHODWHG IXQFWLRQ FKDQJHV DIWHU D GHOD\
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVHWDPRXQW
setting.
ŏ :KHQ PXOWLSOH FRQGLWLRQV ZHUH VHW WKHLU
ŏ6LQFHVZLWFKLQJE\VWLFNDQGOHYHUSRVLWLRQLQ RSHUDWLRQSULRULW\FDQEHIUHHO\FKDQJHG
DGGLWLRQWRRUGLQDU\WRJJOHVZLWFKLVSRVVLEOH
DV WKH IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQ VHOHFWRU VZLWFK WKLV ŏ 7KH FRQGLWLRQ QDPH FDQ EH FKDQJHG 7KH
IXQFWLRQFDQEHOLQNHGZLWKRWKHURSHUDWLRQV VHOHFWHG FRQGLWLRQ QDPH LV GLVSOD\HG RQ
WKH VFUHHQ :KHQ D FRQGLWLRQ KDV EHHQ
ŏ $ &RQGLWLRQ 'HOD\ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH VHW DGGHGJLYHLWDQDPHZKLFKFDQEHHDVLO\
8QQHFHVVDU\ IXVHODJH PRWLRQ JHQHUDWHG FRQÀUPHG
ŏ6HOHFW>&21',76(/(&7@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
(',7EXWWRQ (Currently selected condition name)
EDIT dial
EDIT button
(Conditions List)
*Perform the settings below after using the EDIT dial to

Condition addition
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR DQ\
FRQGLWLRQLQWKHFRQGLWLRQVOLVWDQGSXVKWKH (For a detailed description of the setting method, see [Switch
(',7EXWWRQ Setting Method] at the back of this manual.)
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRQGLWLRQ\RXZDQWWR *The data (except the condition name) of the condition
DGG currently being used is copied to the added condition.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>$''@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
Condition deletion
EXWWRQ
*Only the No. of the conditions which can be added is 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR
displayed. WKH FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR GHOHWH LQ WKH
FRQGLWLRQVOLVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The number before the condition name become reverse-
video to show that it is to be deleted.
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>5(029(@DQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
$GG WKH FRQGLWLRQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 $FRQ¿UPDWLRQPHVVDJHLVGLVSOD\HG
EXWWRQ DJDLQ 3XVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR HQG *Note that if initially operated up and down, the objective
DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRO PRYH condition changes.
PRGH
:KHQ WKH (',7 EXWWRQ LV SXVKHG DJDLQ WKH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR >6:,7&+@ LWHP FDOO WKH FRQGLWLRQ LV GHOHWHG 2SHUDWH WKH (',7 GLDO
VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 RU6EXWWRQWRVWRSGHOHWLRQ
EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG 21
GLUHFWLRQWREHXVHGLQFRQGLWLRQVZLWFKLQJ 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
72 <Model Menu (Common Functions)>

Condition name change '(67,1&1' FRS\ GHVWLQDWLRQ DQG SXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR
WKH FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH LQ WKH *The models already saved are displayed at the right side of
FRQGLWLRQVOLVW the screen.
*The number before the condition name become reverse- $IWHUXVLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
video to show that it is to be deleted. WKHFRS\GHVWLQDWLRQFRQGLWLRQSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>5(1$0(@DQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ *The copy destination conditions are displayed at the
"DESTIN.COND." position.
*The condition name setup screen appears.
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&23<@
:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGDJDLQFRS\
LV H[HFXWHG 2SHUDWH (',7 GLDO RU 6 EXWWRQ
WRVWRSFRS\LQJ
&KDQJH WKH FRQGLWLRQ QDPH DV GHVFULEHG 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
EHORZ UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
>0RYLQJFXUVRULQLQSXWER[@ 3ULRULW\FKDQJH
6HOHFW>ł@RU>ń@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
>'HOHWLQJDFKDUDFWHU@ FRQGLWLRQZKRVHSULRULW\\RXZDQWWRFKDQJH
:KHQ >'(/(7(@ LV VHOHFWHG DQG WKH (',7 LQWKHFRQGLWLRQOLVW
EXWWRQLVSXVKHGWKHFKDUDFWHULPPHGLDWHO\ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR >83@ RU >'2:1@ RI
DIWHUWKHFXUVRULVGHOHWHG >35,25,7<@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ7KHODVW
>$GGLQJDFKDUDFWHU@ FRQGLWLRQEHFRPHVWKHKLJKHVWSULRULW\
:KHQ D FDQGLGDWH FKDUDFWHU LV VHOHFWHG *The initial setting condition cannot be shifted. The priority
IURP WKH FKDUDFWHU OLVW DQG WKH (',7 EXWWRQ is the lowest.
LV SXVKHG WKDW FKDUDFWHU LV DGGHG DW WKH Condition delay setting
SRVLWLRQLPPHGLDWHO\DIWHUWKHFXUVRU
*A name of up to 8 characters long can be entered as the 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR
condition name. (A space is also counted as 1 character.) WKH FRQGLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR FKDQJH LQ WKH
FRQGLWLRQOLVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ 7R WHUPLQDWH LQSXW DQG 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR >'(/$<@ DQG SXVK WKH
UHWXUQ WR WKH RULJLQDO VWDWH VHOHFW >&$1&(/@ (',7EXWWRQ
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ *The condition delay setup screen appears.
Condition copy
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR DQ\
FRQGLWLRQLQWKHFRQGLWLRQVOLVWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWR>&23<@ 8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ '(/$<LWHPRIWKHFKDQQHO\RXZDQWWRVHW
*The copy screen appears. DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
GDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHGHOD\DPRXQWZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXH
$GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaPD[LPXPGHOD\
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
6285&( &21' FRS\ VRXUFH LWHP DQG ŏ 7KH VHWWLQJ PRGH JURXS >*5283@VLQJOH
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ >6,1*/(@PRGHFDQEHVZLWFKHG
*The models already saved are displayed at the right side of (For more information, see the description at the back of this
the screen. manual.)
$IWHU XVLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU
WRWKHFRS\VRXUFHFRQGLWLRQSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQ
*The copy source condition is displayed at the "SOURCE
COND." position.
8VH WKH (',7 GLDO WR PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR

7KHDQJOHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKRSHUDWLRQIXQFWLRQFDQEHVHW>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
$)5
AFR function is used to adjust the throw and ŏ 2SHUDWLRQ FXUYH DGMXVWPHQW 7KUHH W\SHV
operation curve of the stick, lever, and switch RI FXUYHV (;3 (;3 DQG 32,17 FDQ EH
VHOHFWHG$PD[LPXPSRLQWVFXUYHFDQEH
functions (CH1 to CH12, and V1 to V4) for each
XVHGIRUWKHSRLQWFXUYHW\SH,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ
flight condition. This is normally used after End SRLQWV 7KH QXPEHU RI SRLQWV FDQ DOVR EH
Point has defined the maximum throw. When LQFUHDVHG DQG GHFUHDVHG DQG FXUYHV IURP
mixing is applied from one channel to another FRPSOH[ FXUYHV WR VLPSOH FXUYHV FDQ EH
channel, both channels can be adjusted at the same XVHG
time by adjusting the operation rate through the ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW7KHRSHUDWLRQ
AFR function. VSHHG RI HDFK IXQFWLRQ ZKHQ WKH IXQFWLRQ
LV RSHUDWHG LQFOXGLQJ DW IOLJKW FRQGLWLRQ
VZLWFKLQJ FDQ EH DGMXVWHG 7KH IXQFWLRQ
RSHUDWHV VPRRWKO\ DW D FRQVWDQW VSHHG
FRUUHVSRQGLQJWRWKHVHWVSHHG
ŏ6HOHFW>$)5@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
[AFR/D/R]: Displays the currently
selected rate (AFR/D/R).
(Currently selected condition name) ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR

FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual.)
ŏ)XQFWLRQVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting
method, see the description at
the back of this manual.)
(Number of D/R curves set at the currently ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFK*52836,1*/(O

selected condition) (For more information, see the description at the back
of this manual.)
Function selection method

8VHWKH(',7GLDOWRPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR>)81&@DQGSXVKWKH(',7
6HOHFWWKHGHVLUHGIXQFWLRQE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWRU
ULJKWSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The setting mode (group [GROUP]/single [SNGLE] mode) can be switched (For more
information, see the description at the back of this manual.)

>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
'8$/5$7(
D/R curves which can be switched by switch,
etc. can be added. The curve can be adjusted by the
AFR function.
ŏ 8S WR UDWHV FDQ EH DGGHG IRU HDFK
FRQGLWLRQ
ŏ '5 LV VHW IRU HDFK FRQGLWLRQ DQG LV QRW
UHÁHFWHGDWRWKHUFRQGLWLRQV
ŏ '5DWWKHWRSRIWKH'5OLVWKDVSULRULW\
ŏ 6HOHFW >'8$/ 5$7(@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX DQG FDOO

EXWWRQ
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
'XDOUDWHDGGLQJ
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >,1+@ GLVSOD\ RI DQ
XQXVHG '5 DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR
7XUQ LW RII E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW
DQGDFWLYDWHWKH'5IXQFWLRQE\SXVKLQJWKH
(',7EXWWRQ
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH)81&7,21LWHPDQG
LQSXWPRGH
6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHP DQG
FDOO WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH
GLUHFWLRQ
Setting Method] at the end of this manual.)

3URJUDPPL[LQJZKLFKFDQEHIUHHO\FXVWRPL]HG8SWRPL[LQJVFDQ
352*0,;(6 EHXVHGIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ>$OOPRGHOW\SHV@
Programmable mixing may be used to correct have mixing remaining on all the time. Mixing ON/OFF
undesired tendencies of the aircraft, and it may also be delay time can be adjusted.
XVHGIRUXQXVXDOFRQWUROFRQ¿JXUDWLRQV0L[LQJPHDQV The Programmable mixing includes a powerful link
that the motion of a command channel, called the function, which allows Programmable mixing to be
"master," is added to the motion of the mixed channel, linked with the special mixing functions, or with other
called "slave." programmable mixing functions. The link function can
You may choose to have the Master's trim added to be set up for Master and Slave channel individually.
the Slave channel response ("Trim" setting). The mixing The slave channel AFR mode (STK-STK mode)
curve can be changed so that the undesired tendencies may be selected, where the slave channel AFR and
can be corrected effectively by setting the EXP1/EXP2/ D/R settings are observed when Link function is set.
POINT modes. The Delay function can be programmed 7KHNQREIRU¿QHWXQLQJFDQEHVHWXSIRUHYHU\PL[LQJ
for each rate. The Delay is used to change the rate circuit. (Fine tune function)
smoothly when switching mixes. You may define
Mixing ON/OFF switch, control or you may choose to
ŏ6HOHFW>352*0,;(6@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO
WKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7 ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
EXWWRQ FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
0L[VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ*52836,1*/(

(For more information, see the description at the back of
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH PL[ 1R this manual.)
Z K R V H I X Q F W L R Q \ R X Z D Q W W R
DFWLYDWHDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When the function is activated, the master and
slave channel name or is displayed.
ŏ&XUUHQWPL[1R (Currently selected condition name)
ŏ0L[RSHUDWLQJGLVSOD\
ŏ2SHUDWLRQFXUYHVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see
the description at the back of this manual.)

ŏ/LQNVHWWLQJ
ŏ0DVWHU&+ ŏ7ULPPRGHVHWWLQJ
ŏ6ODYH&+ ŏ6ODYH&+$)5PRGH
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see the description
at the back of this manual.)
ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
ŏ212)) the back of this manual.)
ŏ0L[212))GHOD\
ŏ6ZLWFKVHOHFWLRQ
(For a description of the switch setting method, see the
*Perform the settings below after using the EDIT dial to (For a description of the setting method, see [Switch Setting
move the cursor to the item you want to set. Method] at the back of this manual.)
*Always on when [--].
Ɣ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRDFWLYDWHIXQFWLRQVIRURQO\ Ɣ0DVWHUFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
VHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>)81&7,21+:@LWHP
>*5283@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR RI >0$67(5@ DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
7XUQ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW XQWLO >6,1*/(@ 6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO
VWDUWVWREOLQNDQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*The mode changes to the single mode [SINGLE]. :KHQ\RXZDQWWROLQNWKLVPL[LQJZLWKRWKHU
*When using common settings at each conditions, remain in PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG
the [GROUP] mode. SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD
LQSXWPRGH
Ɣ$FWLYDWHWKHIXQFWLRQ
6HWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\WXUQLQJWKH
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR >,1+@ DQG SXVK WKH (',7 (',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH *Check the direction by actual operation.
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWXQWLO>$&7@VWDUWV *Master channel control can be set to simple operating
WREOLQNDQGWKHQSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ amount of sticks and VR which do not include ATV, AFR,
*The function is activated. (ON or OFF display) D/R, and mixing setting. In this case, the switch setup
*ON/OFF switch and mix rate are not set even through the screen is displayed by pushing the EDIT button with "H/W"
function is activated. selected by function selection. Select master channel side
control. (To terminate the "H/W" selection, select the [--]
Ɣ212))VZLWFKVHWWLQJ display and push the EDIT button.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >6:,7&+@ LWHP FDOO Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHOVHWWLQJ
WKH VZLWFK VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH
(',7 EXWWRQ DQG VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG 21 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>)81&7,21+:@LWHP
GLUHFWLRQ RI>6/$9(@DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFK

WRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH $GMXVWPHQWUDQJHaVHF
6HOHFW WKH IXQFWLRQ E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO (When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the delay time
DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ is reset to the initial value.)
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR OLQN WKLV PL[ ZLWK RWKHU 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
PL[HVPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>/,1.@LWHPDQG UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
LQSXWPRGH
6HWWKHOLQNPRGHWR>@RU>@E\WXUQLQJWKH
(',7GLDODQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*Check the direction by actual operation.
Ɣ7ULPPRGH212))VHWWLQJ
:KHQ FKDQJLQJ WKH WULP PRGH PRYH WKH
FXUVRU WR WKH >75,0@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7
6HOHFW 212)) E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO DQG
VHWWKHVHOHFWLRQE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ
*When mixing includes master side trim, select [ON] and
when mixing does not include master trim, select [OFF].
*Effective when a function is set at the master channel.
Ɣ6ODYHFKDQQHO$)5PRGHVHWWLQJ67.67.
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >67.67.@ LWHP
VHOHFW WKH PRGH E\ WXUQLQJ WKH (',7 GLDO
DQG FKDQJH WKH PRGH E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7
EXWWRQ
*When link is set at the slave side, and you want to add AFR
(D/R) to the mixing rate, select [ON].
*This is effective when the linkage is the same, but the travels
are substantially different.
Ɣ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the curve setting method, see the
Ɣ)LQHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJ
Operation control [CTRL], operation mode
[MODE], and rate [RATE] adjustment is possible
by [FINE TUNING] item.
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKH¿QHWXQLQJWULPVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHH
Ɣ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
Adjustment is possible with the [SPEED] item.
(For a description of the servo speed setting method, see the
description at the back of this manual).
Ɣ0L[LQJ212))GHOD\VHWWLQJ
Delay time at mix ON [START] and delay time
at mix OFF [STOP] adjustment is possible by
[DELAY] item.
*This function is inactive when a mixing switch is not set.
0RYH WKH >67$57@ RU >6723@ LWHP DQG SXVK
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVWWKHGHOD\WLPHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
,QLWLDOYDOXHVHF

MODEL MENU (AIRPLANE/GLIDER FUNCTIONS)
The dedicated mixes, etc. usable when airplane condition by switch or stick position, use the
or glider model type is selected are displayed in &RQGLWLRQ6HOHFWIXQFWLRQWRDGGÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
this Model Menu functions section. First use the (Up to 8 conditions can be used)
Model Type function of the Linkage Menu to 1RWH7KH7)*LVGHVLJQHGVRWKDWWKHDLUSODQH
preset the model type, wing type, and tail type DQGJOLGHUPRGHOW\SHVFDQKDQGOHDLUFUDIWRIWKH
VDPHZLQJW\SH
matched to the fuselage used. Other settings reset 7KHIXQFWLRQVFRPPRQWRDLUSODQHVDQGJOLGHUV
the data used in mixing function, etc. H[FHSWVRPHGHGLFDWHGIXQFWLRQVDUHVXPPDUL]HG
These dedicated mixes can be set for each ZLWKRXWUHJDUGWRWKHPRGHOW\SH
7KHVHWWLQJLWHPVDUHGLIIHUHQWGHSHQGLQJRQWKH
flight condition, as required. When you want to
QXPEHURIVHUYRVHWFDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZLQJW\SH
use the system by switching the settings for each XVHG7KHVHWXSVFUHHQVLQWKHLQVWUXFWLRQPDQXDO
DUHW\SLFDOH[DPSOHV
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH >02'(/@ DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ (Model Menu screen example)
DQG FDOO WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\ *The Model Menu screen depends on the model type.
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ This screen is for model type 4AIL+4FLP.
ZDQW WR VHW DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ E\ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ FDOOQH[WSDJH
ŏ6HOHFWWKH>02'(/0(18@ KRPHVFUHHQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Model Menu functions list

AIL DIFFERENTIAL characteristic of the roll axis. [Airplane/glider, 2
DLOHURQVÀDSVRUPRUH@
This function adjusts the left and right ailerons.
5ROOD[LVFRUUHFWLRQDQG¿QHWXQLQJZLWKD95DUH AIL to BRAKEFLP
also possible. This is convenient when making 7KLVPL[RSHUDWHVWKHEUDNHÀDSVLQWKHDLOHURQ
VHWWLQJVGXULQJÀLJKW mode. It improves the operation characteristic of
[Airplane/glider, 2 ailerons or more] WKHUROOD[LV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@
FLAP SETTING AIL to RUD
7KHÀDSVFDQEHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\)RUD This mix is used when you want to operate the
ÀDSVPRGHOWKHFDPEHUÀDSVFDQEHPL[HGZLWK rudder at aileron operation. Banking at a shallow
WKHEUDNHÀDSV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUÀDSVRUPRUH@ bank angle is possible. [Airplane/glider, general]
AIL to CAMBERFLP AIRBRAKE to ELE
This mix operates the camber flaps in This mix is used to correct operation of the
the aileron mode. It improves the operation airbrakes (spoilers) when landing. [Airplane/
glider, general]
<Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)> 79
RUD to AIL GYRO
7KLVLVDGHGLFDWHGPL[ZKHQD*<$6HULHVJ\URLV
This mix is used to correct roll maneuvers,
XVHG>$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO@
knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. [Airplane/glider,
general] V-TAIL
7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHHOHYDWRUVDQGUXGGHURI
CAMBER Mix 9WDLOPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLOVSHFLÀFDWLRQV@
7KLVPL[DGMXVWVWKHFDPEHUDQGFRUUHFWVWKH
HOHYDWRUV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH@ AILEVATOR
7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHHOHYDWRUVDQGDLOHURQVRI
ELE to CAMBER PRGHOVZLWKHOHYDWRUVSHFLÀFDWLRQV>$LUSODQH
7KLVPL[LVXVHGZKHQ\RXZDQWWRWKHPL[FDPEHU JOLGHUHOHYDWRUVSHFLÀFDWLRQV@
ÁDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ/LIWLQJIRUFHFDQ
EHLQFUHDVHGDWHOHYDWRUVXS>$LUSODQHJOLGHU WINGLET
DLOHURQVRUPRUH@ 7KLVIXQFWLRQDGMXVWVWKHOHIWDQGULJKWUXGGHUV
RIZLQJOHWPRGHOV>$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW
CAMBERFLP to ELE VSHFLÀFDWLRQV@
7KLVPL[LVXVHGWRFRUUHFWIRUDWWLWXGHFKDQJHVZKHQ
WKHFDPEHUÁDSVDUHEHLQJXVHG>$LUSODQHJOLGHU MOTOR
DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH@ 7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGZKHQWKHPRWRURI)%DQG
RWKHU(3JOLGHUVLVVWDUWHGE\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW>(3
BUTTERFLY (Crow) JOLGHUJHQHUDO@
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQSRZHUIXOEUDNHRSHUDWLRQ
LVQHFHVVDU\>*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH@ RUD to ELE
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGWRFRUUHFWUROOPDQHXYHUVNQLIH
TRIM MIX 1/2 HGJHHWFRIVWXQWSODQHV>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
7KHDLOHURQVHOHYDWRUVDQGÁDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHFDQ
EHFDOOHGE\VZLWFKRUFRQGLWLRQVHOHFWLRQ>*OLGHU SNAP ROLL
DLOHURQVRUPRUH@ 7KLVIXQFWLRQVHOHFWVWKHVQDSUROOVZLWFKDQGDGMXVWV
WKHVWHHULQJDQJOHRIHDFKUXGGHU6HUYRVSHHGFDQ
AIRBRAKE DOVREHDGMXVWHG>$LUSODQHJHQHUDO@
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQDLUEUDNHVDUHQHFHVVDU\
ZKHQODQGLQJRUZKHQGLYLQJHWFGXULQJÁLJKW
$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
AIR BRAKE
RUDDER 1 AIL1 FLP 3 FLP 4 AIL 2 RUDDER 2

Winglet (Main Aileron) (Brake Flap) (Brake Flap) (Main Aileron) Winglet
( )
at Flying wing (at Flying wing)
AIL 3 FLP 1 FLP 2 AIL 4
(Chip Aileron) (Camber Flap) (Camber Flap) (Chip Aileron)
V-TAIL AILVATOR
ELEVATOR
(RUDDER 2)
RUDDER ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2
(ELEVATOR 2) (AILERON 5) (AILERON 6)
80 <Model Menu (Airplane/Glider Functions)>

>$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH@
AIL DIFF.
The left and right aileron differential can be
adjusted independently. The differential rate can
also be adjusted according to the flying state by
VHWWLQJD¿QHWXQLQJ95
AIL1 AIL 2
(Main Aileron) (Main Aileron)
AIL 3 AIL 4
(Chip Aileron) (Chip Aileron)
(Currently selected condition name)

ŏ 6HOHFW >$,/ ',))@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX
DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ (For more information, refer to the description at
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ$LOHURQOHIWULJKWDGMXVWPHQW ŏ&DOOVWKH$)5VFUHHQGLUHFWO\ZKHQ
DGMXVWLQJDLOHURQRSHUDWLRQ$)5
ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
7KHJUDSKLVRSHUDWHGE\VHWWLQJD95HWF ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
<Wing type: 4 ailerons screen>

Setting method *The display screen is an example. The actual screen
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHDLOHURQ$,/aOHIWRU depends on the Model Type.
ULJKW VHWWLQJ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVW WKH DLOHURQ DQJOHV ZKHQ WKH VWLFN LV
PRYHGWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWHQG
*The aileron AFR screen can be directly called from the AIL
Differential setup screen. ([AIL-AFR] )
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ WKH ILQH WXQLQJ 95 PRYH WKH
FXUVRU WR WKH LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFWWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95
ŏ7KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
FLAP SETTING
7KHXSGRZQWUDYHORIHDFKÀDSFDPEHUÀDSV
)/3 EUDNH IODSV )/3 FDQ EH DGMXVWHG
independently at each servo according to the wing
type.
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWRIHDFKÁDSFDQEH
RIIVHW
The camber flaps of a 4-flap model can be FLP 3 FLP 4
(Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
PL[HGZLWKWKHEUDNHÀDSV%UDNH)/3WRFDPEHU
FLP 1 FLP 2
FLP) (Camber Flap) (Camber Flap)
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:LQJW\SHÀDSVVFUHHQ!
ŏ6HOHFW>)/$36(77,1*@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX *The display screen is an example. The actual
DQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZ screen depends on the model type.
E\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
&$0%(5)/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
%5$.()/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H
VZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, refer to
the description at the back of
ŏ 8 S V L G H ' R Z Q this manual.)
VLGHDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ 2 S H U D W L R Q
UHIHUHQFH SRLQW
RIIVHW
%)/3WR&)/3VHWWLQJVFUHHQ
Setting method ŏ:KHQXVLQJ%UDNH)/3WR&DPEHU)/3PL[LQJ

PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHP DQG
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH IODS )/3 a 8S RU WXUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
'RZQLWHPDFFRUGLQJWRWKHZLQJW\SHDQG EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
LQSXWPRGH :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOLQGHSHQGHQWO\ EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
ŏ 7R RIIVHW WKH RSHUDWLRQ UHIHUHQFH SRLQW VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ
R I H D F K I O D S P R Y H W K H F X U V R U W R W K H $OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
FRUUHVSRQGLQJ2IIVHWLWHP8VHWKH(',7GLDO )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
WRRIIVHWWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQW PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG WKLVPDQXDO

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJ PRGHO W\SH@ $LUSODQHJOLGHU DLOHURQV IODSV RU
AIL to CAMB.FLP PRUH
This mix operates the camber flaps (FLP1/2)

in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the ailerons and camber flaps
perform aileron operation simultaneously and
the operation characteristic of the roll axis is
improved.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWULJKWPL[LQJUDWHRIHDFKÁDSVHUYR
FDQEHÀQHWXQHG
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW FLP 1 FLP 2
(Camber Flap) (Camber Flap)
ŏ$Q212))VZLWFKFDQEHVHW AIL1 AIL 2
ŏ/LQNLQJLVSRVVLEOH/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV (Main Aileron) (Main Aileron)
AIL 3 AIL 4
*The display screen is an example. The actual

screen depends on the model type.
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR&$0%)/3@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ (Currently selected condition name)
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H description at the back of this manual. ŏ / H I W U L J K W R Y H U D O O
VZLWFKLQJ DGMXVWPHQW DW 5DWH $
DQG5DWH%
this manual.)
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDS
VHUYR
Setting method VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH

ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG $GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
LQSXWPRGH UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7 *When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
polarity (+ or -).
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ )RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHPL[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ WKLVPDQXDO
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ ŏ 7R VHW OLQNLQJ PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >/,1.@
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKLVPDQXDO WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH OHIW RU ULJKW LWHP RI 6HWLWWR21DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
HDFKÁDSVHUYRDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUÁDSVRUPRUH
AIL to BRAKEFLP
7KLV PL[ RSHUDWHV WKH EUDNH IODSV )/3
in the aileron mode. When the aileron stick
is manipulated, the aileron and brake flaps
perform the aileron operation simultaneously
and the operation characteristic of the roll axis is
improved.
ŏ7KHDLOHURQOHIWDQGULJKWPL[LQJUDWHVFDQEH
FLP 3 FLP 4
DGMXVWHGIRUHDFKÁDSVHUYR (Brake Flap) (Brake Flap)
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ AIL1 AIL 2
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV
AIL 3 AIL 4

ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR%5$.()/3@DWWKHPRGHO
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H description at the back of this manual.
ŏ / H I W U L J K W R Y H U D O O
(For more information, refer to DQG5DWH%
this manual.)
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWRIHDFKÁDS
VHUYR
Ɣ6HWWLQJPHWKRG $GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
LQSXWPRGH *When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by reversing the mixing rate
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7
polarity (+ or -).
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ WKLVPDQXDO
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ ŏ7RVHWOLQNLQJPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQNLWHP
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI GDWDLQSXWPRGH
WKLVPDQXDO 6HWLWWR21DQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHOHIWRUULJKWEXWWRQRI
HDFKÁDSVHUYRDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUJHQHUDO
AIL to RUD
Use this mix when you want to mix the rudders
with aileron operation.
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95 AIL1 AIL 2
AIL 3 AIL 3
RUDDER 1 RUDDER 2
Winglet Winglet
(at Flying wing) (at Flying wing)
V-TAIL
ŏ6HOHFW>$,/WR58'@DWWKHPRGHO
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH RUDDER 2
RUDDER RUDDER
(',7EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H description at the back of this manual. ŏ / H I W U L J K W R Y H U D O O
(For more information, refer to DQG5DWH%
this manual.)
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
*The display screen is ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
an example. The actual
screen depends on the
model type.
Setting method )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ

PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG WKLVPDQXDO
LQSXWPRGH
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG [Fine tuning VR operation mode]
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR [LIN.] 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
[ATL+] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI LQFUHDVHV
WKLVPDQXDO
[ATL-] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
)LQH7XQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ LQFUHDVHV
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
[SYM.] :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW7KH
ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHOHFWHG
UDWHLQFUHDVHV

AIRBRAKE to ELE
This mix is used when you want to mix the
elevators with airbrake (spoiler) operation. It
raises the elevators to correct for dropping of the AIRBRAKE
nose during airbrake operation.
*This function does not operate when airbrake is not assigned
at the Function menu in the Linkage Menu.
ŏ7KH5DWHVLGH5DWHVLGHPL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH
HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ V-TAIL AILVATOR
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR 2 ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2

ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHO
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH description at the back of this manual.
VZLWFKLQJ ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
(For more information, 5DWH$DQG5DWH%
refer to the description at
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ $GMXVWPHQW RI
HDFK HOHYDWRU
VHUYR

Setting method [Fine tuning VR operation mode]
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG [LIN.] 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG
LQSXWPRGH FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7 LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG [ATL+] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 LQFUHDVHV
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ [ATL-] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ LQFUHDVHV
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ [SYM.] :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
WKLVPDQXDO UDWHLQFUHDVHV
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
)LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH 95 7KH DGMXVWPHQW UDWH FDQ EH VHW7KH
95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
WKLVPDQXDO
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
WKLVPDQXDO

RUD to AIL
This function is used when you want to mix
the ailerons with rudder operation. It is used
when rudder is applied during roll maneuvers,
knife edge, etc. of stunt planes. It can be used to
bank scale models, large models, etc. like a full AIL1 AIL 2
size plane. AIL 3 AIL 3
RUDDER 1 RUDDER 2
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ Winglet Winglet
VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ (at Flying wing) (at Flying wing)
ŏ/LQNLQJFDQEHVHW/LQNWKLVPL[WRRWKHUPL[HV V-TAIL
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHE\VHWWLQJD95
ŏ6HOHFW>58'WR$,/@DWWKHPRGHO RUDDER 2
RUDDER
RUDDER
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
(',7EXWWRQ (Currently selected condition name) FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the ŏ / H I W U L J K W R Y H U D O O
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H description at the back of this manual. DGMXVWPHQW DW 5DWH $
VZLWFKLQJ DQG5DWH%
this manual.) ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
*The display screen is an example. The

actual screen depends on the model type.
Setting method )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG WKLVPDQXDO
LQSXWPRGH ŏ :KHQ OLQNLQJ PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >/,1.@
LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
7XUQ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW DQG SXVK WKH WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 7XUQ WKH (',7 GLDO WR
(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG WKH OHIW DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ 21 LV
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR GLVSOD\HG
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ [Fine tuning VR operation mode]
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
[LIN.] 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG
PHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
WKLVPDQXDO LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH [ATL+] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
)LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW LQFUHDVHV
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW
[ATL-] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH ILQH WXQLQJ 95 LQFUHDVHV
VHWWLQJ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH [SYM.] :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
EDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW UDWHLQFUHDVHV

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
CAMBER MIX
This function adjusts the AFR (D/R) rate ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
of camber operation which operates the wing VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW
camber (ailerons, camber flaps, brake flaps) in VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ
the negative and positive directions. The aileron, EHVHW
flap, and elevator rates can also be adjusted ŏ7KHVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQGHOHYDWRUVHUYRV
independently by curve, and attitude changes FDQEHVHW,1VLGH287VLGH
caused by camber operation can be corrected.
*Initial setting assigns camber operation to side lever LS.
ŏ7KHXSGRZQVLGHUDWHVRIWKHDLOHURQÁDSDQG
HOHYDWRUVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGE\FXUYH:KHQ
WKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHGE\WKHOLQNDJH
DGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\FKDQJLQJWKH
PL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU
ŏ 6HOHFW >&$0%(5 0,;@ DW WKH PRGHO

PHQX DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ ŏ&DPEHU$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQFDOO
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH (',7 (For a description of the setting method, refer to
EXWWRQ the AFR function.)
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\ EDIT button

VHWWLQJ ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
FXWVZLWFK ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
&XUYHUDWHVHWWLQJVFUHHQ
description at the back of this manual.
ŏ$LOHURQUDWH ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
DGMXVWPHQW (For a description of the setting


Setting method VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ $OZD\V 21
DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FRQGLWLRQ GHOD\
LQSXWPRGH IXQFWLRQVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRI
WKLVPDQXDO
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ&DPEHU$)5'5VFUHHQFDOO
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR 0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH&DPEHU$)5LWHPDQG
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHWXS PHWKRGVHH
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ WKHGHVFULSWLRQDWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ &XUYHUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI ŏ 7KH FXUYH DQG UDWH DUH DGMXVWHG E\ FDOOLQJ
WKLVPDQXDO WKH DLOHURQ IODS DQG HOHYDWRU FXUYHUDWH
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D FRQGLWLRQ GHOD\ PRYH WKH VFUHHQV
FXUVRU WR WKH >&21''(/$<@ LWHP DQG SXVK 7KHUDWHDQGFXUYHRIHDFKVHUYRFDQEHVHW
WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW E\FDOOLQJHDFKVFUHHQ)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRI
PRGH WKHFXUYHVHWWLQJPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQ
6HWWKHGHOD\ZLWKWKH(',7GLDO DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG 7KHVHUYRVSHHGFDQDOVREHDGMXVWHG
:KHQ VHWWLQJ D FXW VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU
WR>&876:@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
FDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH
FLP 3 FLP 4
FLP 1 FLP 2
AIL1 AIL 2
AIL 3 AIL 4
V-TAIL AILVATOR
ELEVATOR

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
ELE to CAMBER
This function is used when you want to mix the when this mix is activated.
FDPEHUÀDSVZLWKHOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ:KHQXVHG ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
WKHÀDSVDUHORZHUHGE\XSHOHYDWRUDQGOLIWFDQ ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
be increased. ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
Note: Tailless wing elevator can be operated
ŏ 6HOHFW >(/( WR &$0%(5@ DW WKH PRGHO (Currently selected condition name)
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
*For a description of the EDIT button
curve setting method,
see the description at the ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
back of this manual. 5DWH$DQG5DWH%
ŏ $ L O H U R Q V D Q G I O D S V U D W H
DGMXVWPHQW
6HOHFW WKH UDWH ER[ DQG
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW
PRGH
$GMXVW WKH UDWHV E\ WXUQLQJ
WKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQG
DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHWXUQ WR
WKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH *The display screen is an example.

VZLWFKLQJ The actual screen depends on the
(For more information, model type.
the back of this manual.) ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
Setting method WKLVPDQXDO

ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH $&7,1+ LWHP DQG ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD )LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LQSXWPRGH WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
WKH957KHDGMXVWPHQWUDWHFDQEHVHW
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG 7 K H 9 5 R S H U D W L R Q P R G H F D Q D O V R E H
VHOHFWHG
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQDOVREHVHW
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ WKLVPDQXDO
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU
CAMB.FLP to ELE DLOHURQVÁDSRUPRUH
This mixing is used to correct changes (elevator

GLUHFWLRQJHQHUDWHGZKHQWKHFDPEHUÀDSVVSHHG
ÀDSVDUHXVHG
ŏ7KHHOHYDWRUVHUYRVXSVLGHGRZQVLGHUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG:KHQWKHPL[LQJGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG
E\WKHOLQNDJHDGMXVWPHQWVFDQEHPDGHE\
FLP 1 FLP 2
FKDQJLQJWKHPL[LQJUDWHSRODULW\RU² (Camber Flap) (Camber Flap)
ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\ V-TAIL AILVATOR
ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
ELEVATOR
ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2
ŏ6HOHFW>&$0%)/3WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG ELEVATOR 2
(',7EXWWRQ (Currently selected condition name) ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGH description at the back of this manual.
VZLWFKLQJ ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
5DWH$DQG5DWH%
(For more information,
the back of this manual.) ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
ŏ ( O H Y D W R U U D W H
DGMXVWPHQW
*The display screen is an

example. The actual screen
Setting method VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH $GMXVW WKH
PL[LQJUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD 3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQG
LQSXWPRGH UHWXUQWRWKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
*When the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
adjustments can be made by changing the mixing rate
EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
polarity (+ or –).
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ )LQHWXQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ WKH 95 7KH 95 RSHUDWLRQ PRGH FDQ EH
VHOHFWHG
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHFDQEHVHW
WKLVPDQXDO )RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH FXUYH VHWWLQJ
ŏ 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH HOHYDWRU VHUYRV OHIW PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
DQG ULJKW LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR WKLVPDQXDO

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
BUTTERFLY
This function allows powerful brake operation ŏ0L[LQJGXULQJÁLJKWFDQEHWXUQHG212))E\
by simultaneously raising the left and right VHWWLQJDVZLWFK$OZD\V21DW>@VHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHEXWWHUÁ\RSHUDWLRQUHIHUHQFHSRLQWFDQEH
ailerons and lowering the flaps (camber flap, RIIVHW:KHQWKH(',7EXWWRQLVSXVKHGZLWKWKH
EUDNHÀDS 2IIVHWLWHPVHOHFWHGZKHQRSHUDWHGWRWKH
This setting will allow the ailerons to be raised SRVLWLRQWREHFKDQJHGWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLV
RIIVHW,IWKHUHIHUHQFHSRLQWLVRIIVHWWRRPXFK
while the flaps are simultaneously lowered.
XQH[SHFWHGRSHUDWLRQPD\EHSHUIRUPHG
%XWWHUÀ\&URZSURGXFHVDQH[WUHPHO\HI¿FLHQW ŏ7KHDLOHURQVDQGÁDSVRSHUDWLRQVSHHGFDQEH
landing configuration by accomplishing the DGMXVWHG,1VLGH287VLGH
IROORZLQJ ŏ$GHOD\FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ$FXW
VZLWFKZKLFKFDQWXUQ2))WKHGHOD\IXQFWLRQFDQ
6ORZWKHDLUFUDIW·VYHORFLW\
DOVREHVHW
3URYLGH ZDVKRXW DW WKH ZLQJ WLSV WR UHGXFH ŏ7KHGLIIHUHQWLDOUDWHFDQEHDGMXVWHG
WKHWHQGHQF\WRWLSVWDOO
*When servo binding occurs when setting the ailerons and
& UHDWH PRUH OLIW WRZDUG WKH FHQWHU RI WKH ÀDSVLQEXWWHUÀ\PL[LQJXVHWKH$)5IXQFWLRQWRDGMXVWWKH
ZLQJDOORZLQJLWWRÁ\DWDVORZHUVSHHG rudder angle.

ŏ6HOHFW>%877(5)/<@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
DQG FDOO WKH VHWXS VFUHHQ VKRZQ
EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ (Currently selected condition name) ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH 0L[LQJ 5DWH $,/ DQG )/3 ŏ7RHOHYDWRUFRUUHFWLRQVHWXSVFUHHQ
ER[ DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH ŏ&DOOVWKH%XWWHUÁ\$)5'5VHWXSVFUHHQ
$GMXVWWKHPL[LQJUDWHV (For a description of the setting method, see the description at
3 X V K W K H ( ' , 7 E X W W R Q W R H Q G
DGMXVWPHQW DQG UHWXUQ WR WKH FXUVRO
PRYHPRGH
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
WKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH 7XUQ WKH
(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
21LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ*URXSVLQJOHPRGHVZLWFKLQJ
(For more information, see the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ$LOHURQDQGÁDSVHUYRVVSHHGVHWWLQJ
(For a description of the setting method, see the
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKVHOHFWWKH6:,7&+>@ description at the back of this manual.)
ER[ DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH3UHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQWR
ŏ :KHQ RIIVHWWLQJ WKH EXWWHUIO\ RSHUDWLRQ
FDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKH
UHIHUHQFHSRLQWRSHUDWHWRWKHSRLQW\RXZDQW
VZLWFKDQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
WRFKDQJHDQGWKHQSUHVVWKH(',7EXWWRQIRU
VHFRQG
ŏ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\VHWWLQJ
ŏ'LIIHUHQWLDOUDWH DQGFXWVZLWFKVHWWLQJ

ŏ2YHUDOODGMXVWPHQWE\
(OHYDWRUFRUUHFWLRQUDWHVHWXSVFUHHQ 5DWH$DQG5DWH%
ŏ(OHYDWRUUDWH ŏ6HUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
FLP 3 FLP 4
FLP 1 FLP 2
AIL1 AIL 2
AIL 3 AIL 4
V-TAIL AILVATOR
ELEVATOR

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@*OLGHUDLOHURQVRUPRUH
TRIM MIX 1/2
These functions call the ailerons, elevators, and Example
ÀDSVFDPEHUÀDSVEUDNHÀDSVWULPRIIVHWUDWHV 0RYHWRWKH$&7,1+LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7
SUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHÀLJKWVWDWH EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
The amount of ailerons, elevator, and flaps 6HWWKHWULPPL[IXQFWLRQWR>21@
*When separating the settings for each condition, move to
FDPEHUÀDSEUDNHÀDSWULPRIIVHWFDQEHVHWWR
the [GROUP] item and set it to [Single].
a switch.
6HOHFWWKH212))VZLWFK
As an example Trim Mix 1 can be set up for 6HOHFWWKH>0DQXDO@RU>$XWR@PRGH
ODXQFKLQJZLWKVSHHGÀDSVDQGDLOHURQVGURSSHG ,QWKH>$XWR@PRGHDOVRVHOHFWDQDXWR6:7KLV
and a slight amount of up elevator. Trim mix VZLWFKFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFNHWF
6SHHG!
2 can be used for high speed flying, with both
,Q7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGDWVZLWFK21FDQEHVHW
DLOHURQVDQGVSHHGÀDSVUHÀH[HGVOLJKWO\DQGDELW
2XW7KHUHWXUQVSHHGDWVZLWFK2))FDQEHVHW
of down elevator. )LQH7XQLQJ!
The trim functions can be activated during 7KHRIIVHWUDWHFDQEHYDULHGLQWKH)LQH7XQLQJ
ÀLJKWE\VHWWLQJDVZLWFK7RSUHYHQWVXGGHQWULP QXPHULF UDQJH VHW DW VFUHHQ >@ E\ 95 HWF
VHOHFWLRQ
FKDQJHVZKHQVZLWFKLQJÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDGHOD\ &RQGLWLRQ'HOD\!
can be set to provide a smooth transition between :KHQÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQVDUHVHWWKHRSHUDWLRQVSHHG
the two. Trim Mix 2 will have priority over Trim FDQEHVHWIRUHDFKFRQGLWLRQ&RQGLWLRQGHOD\
RSHUDWLRQ FDQ EH LQWHUUXSWHG DQG HDFK UXGGHU
Mix 1. TXLFNO\UHWXUQHGWRLWVRULJLQDOSRVLWLRQE\VHOHFWLQJD
FXWVZLWFK
ŏ 6HOHFW >75,0 0,; RU @ DW WKH PRGHO *The display screen is an example. The actual
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQ screen depends on the model type.
(Currently selected condition name) FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ 7KH DLOHURQV IODSV DQG

HOHYDWRUVRIIVHWUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VHWWLQJ LWHP
DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWHZLWK
WKH(',7GLDO
WKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ:KHQDÀQHWXQLQJ95LVVHWRQWKHQH[WSDJHWKHDLOHURQV
ÁDSVDQGHOHYDWRUVWULPUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VHWWLQJ LWHP DQG
SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
DGMXVWWKHUDWHZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKH
FXUVROPRYHPRGH

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WRWKH>$&7,1+@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG
this manual.)
ŏ$LOHURQVÁDSVDQHOHYDWRUVVHUYR
VSHHGVHWWLQJ
ŏ0DQXDO$XWRPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
(For a description of the setting method, see
0DQXDO6ZLWFKHVWKHIXQFWLRQ212))E\VZLWFK
$XWR7ULPPL[IXQFWLRQFDOOFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFN
HWF$VWLFNVZLWFKHWFVHSDUDWHIURPWKHIXQFWLRQ
212))VZLWFKLVVHW
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ D ILQH WXQLQJ 95 PRYH

WKH FXUVRU WR WKLV LWHP DQG SXVK WKH
(',7 EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQ
6HOHFW WKH 95 DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ ŏ & R Q G L W L R Q G H O D \ V H W W L Q J I R U D
GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG
VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDODQGFXWVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
FLP 3 FLP 4
FLP 1 FLP 2
AIL1 AIL 2
AIL 3 AIL 4
V-TAIL AILVATOR
ELEVATOR

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJHQHUDO
AIRBRAKE
This function is used when an air brake is 6HWWLQJH[DPSOHIRU)$DQGRWKHUÀDSHURQVSHFL¿FDWLRQV
necessary when landing or diving, etc. :KHQDLOHURQVPRGHOW\SHVHOHFWHG
The preset elevators and flaps (camber flap, 2IIVHWUDWH
brake flap) offset amount can be activated by a $,/>a@$,/>a@(/(>a@
switch. 1RWH7KHLQSXWQXPHULFVDUHH[DPSOHV$GMXVWWKHWUDYHOWR
match the aircraft.
The offset amount of the aileron, elevator, and
0RGHVHWWLQJ
flap servos can be adjusted as needed. Also the
$&7>21@
VSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQGÀDSVHUYRVFDQ *URXS>6LQJOH@
be adjusted. (IN side/OUT side) A delay can be set 6ZLWFK>6:&@
for each condition, and a Cut switch which will 0RGH>0DQXDO@
turn OFF the delay can be chosen. Trim amounts
FDQEHILQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95<RXFDQDOVR
set the Auto Mode, which will link Airbrake to a
stick, switch, or dial. A separate stick switch or
dial can also be set as the ON/OFF switch.

ŏ6HOHFW>$,5%5$.(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH (Currently selected condition name)
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ 7KH DLOHURQV IODSV DQG

HOHYDWRUVRIIVHWUDWHFDQEH
DGMXVWHG
0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH
FRUUHVSRQGLQJ VHWWLQJ LWHP
DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ
WRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXW
PRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWHZLWK
WKH(',7GLDO
WKHFXUVROPRYHPRGH
ŏ :KHQ D ILQH WXQLQJ 95 LV VHW RQ WKH QH[W SDJH WKH DLOHURQV

ÁDSV
DQGHOHYDWRUV
WULPUDWHVFDQEHDGMXVWHG
0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJVHWWLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH
(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWH
ZLWKWKH(',7GLDO
3XVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRHQGDGMXVWPHQWDQGUHWXUQWRWKHFXUVRO
PRYHPRGH

ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHP DQG WXUQ WKH (',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
21LVGLVSOD\HG
this manual.)
ŏ0DQXDO$XWRPRGHVHOHFWLRQ ŏ$LOHURQVÁDSVDQHOHYDWRUVVHUYR
0DQXDO6ZLWFKHVWKHIXQFWLRQ212))E\VZLWFK VSHHGVHWWLQJ
$XWR7ULPPL[IXQFWLRQFDOOFDQEHOLQNHGWRDVWLFN (For a description of the setting method, see
HWF$VWLFNVZLWFKHWFVHSDUDWHIURPWKHIXQFWLRQ the description at the back of this manual.)
212))VZLWFKLVVHW
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ D ILQH WXQLQJ 95 PRYH

WKH FXUVRU WR WKLV VHWWLQJ LWHP DQG
SUHVV WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH
VHOHFWLRQVFUHHQ
6HOHFW WKH 95 DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ ŏ & R Q G L W L R Q G H O D \ V H W W L Q J I R U D
GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VHWWLQJ PHWKRG
VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI
WKLVPDQXDODQGFXWVZLWFKVHWWLQJ
FLP 3 FLP 4
FLP 1 FLP 2
AIL1 AIL 2
AIL 3 AIL 4
V-TAIL AILVATOR
ELEVATOR

GYRO
7KLVIXQFWLRQLVXVHGZKHQD*<$6HULHVJ\UR *Initial setting does not assign a sensitivity channel. Use the
is used to stabilize the aircraft's attitude. The Function menu of the Linkage Menu to assign the sensitivity
FKDQQHO *\UR*\UR*\UR XVHG WR D YDFDQW FKDQQHO
VHQVLWLYLW\DQGRSHUDWLRQPRGH1RUPDOPRGH*< beforehand.
mode) can be switched with a switch.
Set [Control] and [Trim] other than Function to [--].
ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEH
VZLWFKHG
ŏ8SWRD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEH
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\FRQWUROOHG
ŏ6HOHFW>*<52@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQG
FDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\ (Currently selected condition name)
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQPRGH$9&6125DQGVHQVLWLYLW\RI
VZLWFKLQJ WKHD[HV*\UR*\UR*\URFDQEHVHW
(For more information, see the
description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ7KUHHUDWHV5DWH5DWH5DWHFDQEHXVHG

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>5$7(@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@LWHPDQGSXVK
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWR
WKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ :KHQ D )XWDED *<$ J\UR LV XVHG ZKHQ >*<@ W\SH LV VHOHFWHG WKH
VHQVLWLYLW\VHWYDOXHLVGLUHFWO\UHDGLQERWKWKH$9&6DQG1250PRGHV
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJDVZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH6:,7&+LWHPDQGSUHVV
WKH(',7EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFWWKHVZLWFK
DQGVHWLWV21GLUHFWLRQ
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHVZLWFKVHOHFWLRQPHWKRGVHHWKHGHVFULSWLRQDW
WKHHQGRIWKLVPDQXDO
(Example) Setting 3 axes using a GYA351 and GYA352 (2 axes gyro)

ŏ:LQJW\SH$LOHURQVHUYRVPRXQWHGIXVHODJHVHOHFWHG
ŏ6HW*\UR*<$&+*\UR*<$&+*\UR*<$&+DWWKH
)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH/LQNDJH0HQX
ŏ 5DWH>2))@>*<@>6:(@>*53@>1250@>@>1250@>@>1250@>@
5DWH>,1+@>*<@>@>*53@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@
5DWH>2))@>*<@>6((@>*53@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@>$9&6@>@
*When separating the conditions, set to [SNGL].
6HWVRWKDW5DWHLVWXUQHGRQDWWKHEDFNSRVLWLRQRIVZLWFK(DQG5DWHLVWXUQHG21DWWKH
front position.
Since switch E is turned OFF at the center, Rate 2 remains [INH].

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU9WDLO
V-TAIL
This function let’s you adjust for left and right V-TAIL
rudder angle changes at elevator and rudder
RSHUDWLRQRID9WDLODLUSODQH
9WDLO LV ZKHQ VHUYRV DUH XVHG WRJHWKHU WR
control rudder movement as elevators. In addition
to each rudder side moving up and down together, ELEVATOR
each side moves in opposite directions when moving (RUDDER 2)
DVHOHYDWRUV2QD9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVD RUDDER
(ELEVATOR 2)
Ruddervator, as they can serve the same purpose.
(For more information, see the description
ŏ 6HOHFW >97$,/@ DW WKH PRGHO
at the back of this manual.)
VKRZQ EHORZ E\ SXVKLQJ WKH
(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ 5XGGHUIXQFWLRQ
8SDQGGRZQWUDYHODGMXVWPHQWDW / H I W D Q G U L J K W W U D Y H O
&+DQG&+HOHYDWRURSHUDWLRQ DGMXVWPHQW DW &+ DQG &+
UXGGHURSHUDWLRQ
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
DGMXVWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWWKHUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
*If the mixing direction is reversed by the linkage,
polarity (+ or -).
,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out
of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHU97DLO
AILEVATOR (Effective only when 2 servos used at the elevators)
This function improves the operating performance of

the roll axis by operating the elevators as ailerons.
Ailevator is where each elevator in a standard
(conventional) or v-tail moves independently, like
ailerons on a wing. In addition to each elevator side
moving up and down together, each side moves in
opposite directions when moving as an Ailevator. On
D9WDLOWKLVLVDOVRNQRZQDVD5XGGHUYDWRUDVWKH\
can serve the same purpose. Typically, both Ailevator
ELEVATOR ELEVATOR 2
and ailerons are coupled together to maximize roll
(AILERON 5) (AILERON 6)
performance, especially on larger wingspan planes.
1RWH6HOHFW$LOHYDWRUDVWKH0RGHO7\SHDWWKH0RGHO
7\SHVFUHHQ7KLVFKDQJHVWKHRXWSXWFKDQQHO&KHFN
WKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
ŏ 6 H O H F W > $ , / ( 9 $ 7 2 5 @ D W W K H (For more information, see the description
PRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXS at the back of this manual.)
VFUHHQVKRZQEHORZE\SXVKLQJ
WKH(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
(OHYDWRUIXQFWLRQ $LOHURQIXQFWLRQ
ŏ 7KH XS DQG GRZQ UDWH RI WKH OHIW ŏ :KHQ WKH HOHYDWRUV DUH XVHG
D Q G U L J K W H O H Y D W R U V Z K H Q W K H DV DLOHURQV DLOHURQ WUDYHO RI
HOHYDWRU VWLFN LV PDQLSXODWHG FDQ WKH OHIW DQG ULJKW HOHYDWRUV
EHLQGLYLGXDOO\DGMXVWHG FDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
polarity (+ or -).
,IDODUJHYDOXHRIWUDYHOLVVSHFL¿HGZKHQWKHVWLFNVDUH
moved at the same time, the controls may bind or run out
of travel. Decrease the travel until no binding occurs.

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@$LUSODQHJOLGHUZLQJOHW
WINGLET
This function adjusts the left and right rudder
angles of airplanes with winglets.
Winglets are used to improve the efficiency of
aircraft lowering the lift-induced drag caused by
wingtip vortices. The winglet is a vertical or angled
extension at the tips of each wing. RUDDER 1
Winglet
Winglets work by increasing the effective aspect (at Flying wing)
ratio wing without adding greatly to the structural

stress and hence necessary weight of its structure RUDDER 2
Winglet
- an extension of wing span would also permit (at Flying wing)
lowering of induced drag, though it would cause

parasitic drag and would require boosting the
strength of the wing and hence its weight - there
would come a point at which no overall useful
saving would be made. A winglet helps to solve this
by effectively increasing the aspect ratio without
adding to the span of the wing.
ŏ 6HOHFW >:,1*/(7@ DW WKH PRGHO (For more information, see the description
PHQXDQGFDOOWKHVHWXSVFUHHQ at the back of this manual.)
(',7EXWWRQ
EDIT dial
EDIT button
5XGGHU
ŏ7KHWUDYHODWUXGGHUVWLFNOHIWDQGULJKWRSHUDWLRQFDQ
EHLQGLYLGXDOO\VHW
ŏ7UDYHODGMXVWPHQW
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
polarity (+ or -).

>&RUUHVSRQGLQJPRGHOW\SH@(3JOLGHUJHQHUDO
MOTOR
This function lets you set the operation speed E\VHWWLQJWKHVZLWFKWR2))EHIRUHRSHUDWLRQLV
when the motor of a F5B or other EP glider is ÀQLVKHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWLPHRSHUDWLRQ
VHWWKH$&7,1+LWHPWR>,1+@DQGWKHQUHVHWLWWR
started by switch. The operation speed can be set >21@
in 2 ranges of slow speed flight and high speed ŏ7KHPRWRU&+LVFRQWUROOHGE\6:*,QLWLDO
ÀLJKW6SHHG6SHHG7KLVIXQFWLRQFDQDOVREH VHWWLQJ:KHQFKDQJLQJWKHVZLWFKRUVWLFNZKLFK
operated as a safety function by setting 2 switches. FRQWUROVWKHPRWRUÀUVWFKDQJH)XQFWLRQRIWKH
ŏ7KH,QVLGHDQG2XWVLGHRSHUDWLQJVSHHGVFDQ /LQNDJH0HQX
EHDGMXVWHGLQGHSHQGHQWO\LQUDQJHV6SHHG
6SHHG
Note: When using this function, always check initial
ŏ7KHERXQGDU\EHWZHHQWKHUDQJHVFDQEHVHW
operation with the propeller removed.
)URP6SHHGWR6SHHG
ŏ7KHVHWRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
DFWLYDWHGDWLQLWLDORSHUDWLRQRQO\WLPH
RSHUDWLRQ+RZHYHURSHUDWLRQFDQEHUHSHDWHG
ŏ 6HOHFW >02725@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX

FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ0RYHWKHFXUVRUE\
VHWVZLWFKRU95
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ PRYH WKH FXUVRU
WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR WKH GDWD LQSXW PRGH
7XUQ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW DQG SXVK WKH
(',7EXWWRQ
)RU PRUH LQIRUPDWLRQ VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ
DWWKHEDFNRIWKLVPDQXDO
ŏ6ZLWFK
$ VZLWFK WKDW WXUQV WKH IXQFWLRQ LWVHOI
212))FDQEHVHOHFWHG ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ WKLV IXQFWLRQ PRYH WKH FXUVRU
ŏ0RWRURIISRVLWLRQ WR WKH >$&7,1+@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7
3UHVV WKH (',7 EXWWRQ IRU VHFRQG ZKHQ
7XUQ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW DQG SXVK WKH
>6:*@LVLQWKHPRWRU2))SRVLWLRQ\RXZDQW
(',7EXWWRQ
WR VHW 7KH GLUHFWLRQ RI WKH PRWRU VZLWFK LV
PHPRUL]HG 7KH VFUHHQ JUDSK GLVSOD\ 2)) ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKH2QHWLPHPRGH
GLUHFWLRQDOVRFKDQJHV PRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>21(7,0(@LWHPDQG
WXUQ WKH (',7 GLDO WR WKH OHIW DQG SXVK WKH
(',7EXWWRQ
ŏ6SHHGWR
Notes
7KH6SHHGDQG6SHHGUHJLRQERXQGDU\
ŏ)LUVWGHFLGHWKHPRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDQGWKHQ
FDQEHFKDQJHG
VHWWKHVSHHG:KHQ\RXZDQWWRUHVHWWKH
PRWRU2))GLUHFWLRQDOVRUHVHWWKHVSHHG ŏ2SHUDWLRQVSHHGDGMXVWPHQW
ŏ:HUHFRPPHQGWKDW0RWRU2))EHVHWLQ 7KHVSHHGZKHQ6SHHGDQG6SHHGDUH
FRPELQDWLRQZLWK)6 21,QDQG2))2XWFDQEHDGMXVWHG
ŏ6HWWKHEDVLFRSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQZLWKWKH
5HYHUVHIXQFWLRQWRPDWFKWKH(6&XVHG
ŏ$OZD\VVHWWKH0RWRU2))SRVLWLRQ

RUD to ELE
This function is used when you want to mix ŏ/LQNFDQEHVHW/LQNVWKLVPL[LQJWRRWKHUPL[LQJV
elevator operation with rudder operation. It is used ŏ7KHPL[LQJUDWHFDQEHÀQHWXQHGE\VHWWLQJD95
)LQHWXQLQJ
to correct undesirable tendencies when rudder is
applied in roll maneuvers, knife edge, etc. of stunt
planes.
ŏ6HOHFW>58'WR(/(@DWWKHPRGHO
(',7EXWWRQ FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
*For a description of the curve setting method, see the ŏ / H I W U L J K W R Y H U D O O
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H description at the back of this manual. DGMXVWPHQW DW 5DWH $
VZLWFKLQJ DQG5DWH%
this manual.)
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH
*The display screen is an ŏ$GMXVWPHQWUDWH
example. The actual screen
Setting method LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR VZLWFK WR
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH6HWLWWR21
LQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQG
SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG [Fine tuning VR operation mode]
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D VZLWFK PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR [LIN.] 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5
WKH>@LWHPRIWKHVZLWFKDQGSXVKWKH(',7 :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG
EXWWRQWRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQ FRXQWHUFORFNZLVH WKH PL[LQJ UDWH
VHOHFW WKH VZLWFK DQG VHW LWV 21 GLUHFWLRQ LQFUHDVHVDQGGHFUHDVHVUHVSHFWLYHO\
$OZD\V21DWVHWWLQJ [ATL+] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
)RU D GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH VZLWFK VHOHFWLRQ :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
PHWKRG VHH WKH GHVFULSWLRQ DW WKH EDFN RI LQFUHDVHV
WKLVPDQXDO [ATL-] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
ŏ :KHQ VHWWLQJ D 95 PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
)LQH7XQLQJLWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ LQFUHDVHV
WRFDOOWKHVHOHFWLRQVFUHHQDQGWKHQVHOHFW [SYM.] :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
WKH957KHÀQHWXQLQJUDWHFDQEHVHW ULJKWRIWKHQHXWUDOSRVLWLRQWKHPL[LQJ
7KH95RSHUDWLRQPRGHFDQDOVREHVHW UDWHLQFUHDVHV
)RUDGHVFULSWLRQRIWKHÀQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJ
WKLVPDQXDO
ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJ/LQNPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH/LQN

SNAP ROLL
This function selects the switch and rate (Example) Setting example for F3A
adjustment of each rudder, (ailerons, elevators, or ŏ0RGH>0DVWHU@
ÀDSVZKHQDVQDSUROOLVSHUIRUPHG
ŏ6DIHW\6:>6:*@6DIHW\PHDVXUH
ŏ)RXUVQDSUROOGLUHFWLRQVFDQEHVHW5LJKWXS
ULJKWGRZQOHIWXSOHIWGRZQ ŏ 0 D V W H U 6 : > 6 : + @ 0 D L Q V Z L W F K I R U
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGH:KHQ>0DVWHU@PRGHLVVHOHFWHG H[HFXWLQJVQDSUROO
WKH6QDS5ROOIXQFWLRQLVWXUQHG212))E\PDVWHU ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
VZLWFKLQWKHVWDWHLQZKLFKWKHGLUHFWLRQVZLWFK *The snap roll up side left and right and down side left and right
ZDVVZLWFKHGWRWKHGLUHFWLRQLQZKLFK\RXZDQW direction switches are selected here.
WRVQDSUROO:KHQ>6LQJOH@PRGHLVVHOHFWHGVQDS 5LJKW8S2))>6:'@
UROOLQHDFKGLUHFWLRQFDQEHH[HFXWHGE\PHDQV 5LJKW'RZQ2))>6:'@
RILQGHSHQGHQWVZLWFKHV
/HIW8S2))>6:$@
ŏ$VDIHW\VZLWFKFDQEHVHW$VDVDIHW\PHDVXUH
/HIW'RZQ2))>6:$@
WKHVZLWFKFDQEHVHWVRWKDWVQDSUROOLVQRW
H[HFXWHGZKHQIRULQVWDQFHWKHODQGLQJ ŏ6SHHGDGMXVWPHQW
JHDULVORZHUHGHYHQLIWKHVZLWFKLVWXUQHGRQ 7KH RSHUDWLRQ VSHHG RI HDFK FRQWURO
DFFLGHQWDOO\7KHVQDSUROOVZLWFKLVDFWLYDWHGRQO\ VXUIDFH ZKHQ WKH VQDS VZLWFK LV 21 FDQ
ZKHQWKHVDIHW\VZLWFKLV21 EH FKDQJHG DQG VQDS UROO H[HFXWHG E\
ŏ7KHRSHUDWLRQVSHHGRIWKHDLOHURQHOHYDWRUDQG VWLFNZKLOHWKHUHLVVZLWFKRSHUDWLRQFDQEH
ÁDSVHUYRVFDQEHDGMXVWHGIRUHDFKVQDSUROO SHUIRUPHG
GLUHFWLRQ,QVLGH2XWVLGH
ŏ6HOHFW>61$352//@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
WKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH
$GMXVWUDWHE\WXUQLQJWKH(',7GLDO
(For more information, see the description at the back of this
manual.)
ŏ'LUHFWLRQVZLWFKHV
ŏ $GMXVWPHQW RI WKH VHUYR VSHHG RI HDFK

UXGGHU
(For a description of the setting method, see the description at

MODEL MENU (HELICOPTER)
This section contains information on the data at each function. (Up to 8 conditions can be
commands that apply to helicopters only. For used)
instructions on Airplanes and Sailplanes, refer to The AFR function, Dual rate function and other
the sections pertaining to those aircraft. functions common to all model types, are described
Use the Model Type function in the Linkage in a separate section.
Menu to select the swash type matched to the
fuselage beforehand.
Also, add flight conditions at the Condition
Select screen if necessary before setting the model
ŏ 6HOHFW WKH >02'(/@ DW WKH KRPH VFUHHQ

DQG FDOO WKH PRGHO PHQX VKRZQ EHORZ E\
SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button

0RYHWKHFXUVRUWR>&21'+2/'@
6HW WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN ORZHU WKDQ
WKH SRLQW DQG SXVK WKH (',7
EXWWRQ WR DFWLYDWHGHDFWLYDWH WKH
*Refer to for condition hold function details.
*Condition hold operation is displayed.
Model Menu functions (helicopter) list
PIT CURVE:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
THR CURVE: Throttle curve and hovering trim adjustment
ACCELERATION: Allows a brief "overload" in response to sudden throttle and pitch commands
THR HOLD: Moves the throttle to idle during autorotation
SWASH MIX: Compensates for each control response
THROTTLE MIX: Compensates for power loss when cyclic applied
PIT to NEEDLE:$GMXVWVUHVSRQVHFXUYHLQGLIIHUHQWÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
PIT to RUD: Handles torque changes from pitch angle inputs
GYRO: Used to switch gyro sensitivity
GOVERNOR: Used to switch RPM of the helicopter’s head
106 <Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)>

PIT CURVE/PIT TRIM
PIT Curve
This function adjusts the pitch operation curve the number of input points to 3 or 5, and then entering the
IRUHDFKÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQIRUWKHRSWLPDOÀLJKWVWDWH VSHFL¿HGYDOXHDWWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJSRLQWVWKDW\RXFUHDWHG
a curve.
relative to movement of the throttle stick.
*Up to 17 points can be set for the point curve types.
+RZHYHUZKHQXVLQJWKHSRLQWVRUSRLQWVVSHFL¿HGWR
create a curve, a simple curve can be created by reducing
ŏ 3RLQW FXUYH W\SH LV SRLQWV

LQLWLDO EXW IRU VLPSOH XVH
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7&859(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
aSRLQWVDUHVXIÀFLHQW
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ3LWFKWULPFRS\ ŏ3LWFKVHUYRVSHHGVHWWLQJ
method, see the description at the
back of this manual.)
ŏ * U R X S V L Q J O H P R G H
ŏ3LWFKWULPRSHUDWLQJ VZLWFKLQJ
SRVLWLRQ GRWWHG (For more information, refer to
OLQH the description at the back of this
manual.)
Normal curve adjustment Operation precautions

ŏ )RU QRUPDO FXUYH XVXDOO\ XVH >32,17@ W\SH
DQG FUHDWH D EDVLF SLWFK FXUYH FHQWHUHG WARNING
DERXW KRYHULQJ 8VH WKLV IXQFWLRQ WRJHWKHU
ZLWK WKH 7+5 &XUYH 1RUPDO IXQFWLRQ DQG :KHQ DFWXDOO\ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH DQG
DGMXVWWKHFXUYHVRWKDWXSGRZQFRQWUROLV IO\LQJ DOZD\V VHW WKH LGOH XS FRQGLWLRQ
EHVWDWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQHVSHHG VZLWFK WR 2)) DQG VWDUW WKH HQJLQH LQ WKH
LGOLQJVWDWH
Idle up curve adjustment

ŏ )RU WKH KLJK VLGH SLWFK FXUYH VHW WKH
PD[LPXP SLWFK ZKLFK GRHV RYHUORDG WKH
HQJLQH)RUWKHORZVLGHSLWFKFXUYHFUHDWH
FXUYHV PDWFKHG WR ORRS UROO ' DQG
RWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGXVHWKHLGOHXSFXUYHV
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH
Throttle hold curve adjustment

ŏ 7KH WKURWWOH KROG FXUYH LV XVHG ZKHQ
H[HFXWLQJDXWRURWDWLRQGLYHV
<Functions of Model Menu (Helicopter Functions)> 107

Setting method
ŏ *URXS6LQJOH LWHP :KHQ \RX DOVR ZDQW WR ŏ3LWWULPFRS\+RYHUKLJKORZ
LQSXW WKH VDPH VHWWLQJ FRQWHQWV DW RWKHU 7KH SLWFK WULP RSHUDWLQJ SRVLWLRQ FDQ EH
FRQGLWLRQV SHUIRUP VHWWLQJ LQ WKH JURXS FRSLHGWRWKHSLWFKFXUYH
PRGH ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VDPH FRQWHQWV DUH
LQSXWWRWKHRWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHWLQWKHJURXS 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&23<@ LWHP DQG
PRGH:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWHDFKFRQGLWLRQ SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\ VHOHFW WKH VLQJOH PRGH $IWHU FRS\LQJ UHWXUQ WKH SLWFK WULP WR WKH
LQLWLDO VHWWLQJ 2WKHU FRQGLWLRQV FDQ EH VHW FHQWHUWRFDOOWKHODVWRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\
Curve setting examples

The screens shown below are curves created *For a description of the curve setting method, see the
by entering the pitch rate at low, center, and high
side (3 points or 5 points) at each condition. When
DFWXDOO\FUHDWLQJDFXUYHLQSXWWKHUDWHVSHFL¿HGDW
the fuselage (or the reference value).
Ɣ3LWFK&XUYH([DPSOH
Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve Hold Curve
Pitch Trim (Hovering pitch, high pitch, low pitch)

The hovering pitch, low pitch, and high pitch trim setup screen can be called from the PIT Curve setup
screen.
ŏ+RYHULQJSLWFK
WULPVHWWLQJ
ŏ/RZ+LJKSLWFK
WULPVHWWLQJ
(Continued on next page)

Hovering pitch trim High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim
The Hovering Pitch trim function trims the pitch High Pitch/Low Pitch Trim is the pitch servo
near the hovering point. Normally, it is used with high side and low side trim function.
the hovering condition. The hovering pitch can be
Setting method
¿QHWXQHGIRUFKDQJHVLQURWRUVSHHGDFFRPSDQ\LQJ
FKDQJHVLQWHPSHUDWXUHKXPLGLW\DQGRWKHUÀLJKW ŏ:KHQVHWWLQJWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREVFRPPRQ
WR DOO WKH FRQGLWLRQV VHW WKHP LQ WKH JURXS
conditions. Adjust the hovering pitch so that PRGH
rotor speed is constant. This function can be used
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&721
together with the Hovering Throttle Trim function
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQREV
for more delicate operation.
6HOHFWLRQ H[DPSOH /6 KLJK VLGH 56 ORZ
Setting method VLGH
ŏ :KHQ XVLQJ RQO\ WKH KRYHULQJ QRUPDO ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
FRQGLWLRQ VZLWFK WKH JURXS PRGH WR WKH RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG
VLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJEHIRUHVHWWLQJ ŏ7ULPDFWVDVKLJKVLGHRUORZVLGHWULPZLWKWKH
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@ FHQWHUDVWKHVWDQGDUG
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH/'
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG
CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP DPRXQW RI FKDQJH
Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q
UHFRPPHQGHG
N O R M m o d e : 1 R U P D O W U L P S D U D O O H O
PRYHPHQW WULP RSHUDWLRQ 7KH DGYDQWDJH
RIXVLQJWKLVPRGHLVWKDWWKHKRYHULQJSLWFK
FDQ EH DGMXVWHG ZLWKRXW FKDQJLQJ WKH
FXUYH
ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
:KHQWKLVYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPFDQRQO\
EHXVHGQHDUWKHFHQWHU
ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHFKDQJHG

THR CURVE/THROTTLE HOVER TRIM
THR Curve
This function adjusts the throttle operation curve point data is used, a simple curve can be easily
for each condition for optimum engine speed to created by reducing the number of input points of
throttle stick movement. the curve to 5 and entering the specified value at
Up to 17 curve points can be set for the point the corresponding points.
curve type, however, when the 5 points and other
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5&859(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button ŏ 7KURWWOH KRYHU

ŏ0L[LQJFXUYHVHWWLQJ WULPFRS\
*For a description of the curve setting
method, see the description at the back
of this manual.
Normal curve adjustment

ŏ1RUPDOFXUYHFUHDWHVDEDVLFFXUYH ŏ 7KURWWOH KRYHU WULP RSHUDWLQJ
FHQWHUHGDURXQGKRYHULQJ8VHLWDORQJ SRVLWLRQGRWWHGOLQH
ZLWKWKHQRUPDOSLWFKFXUYHDQGDGMXVWVR
WKDWXSGRZQFRQWURODWDFRQVWDQWHQJLQH Operation precautions
VSHHGLVHDVLHVW
Idle up curve adjustment WARNING

ŏ6HWDLGOHXSFXUYHWKDWPDLQWDLQVDFRQVWDQW
VSHHGDWDOOWLPHVHYHQGXULQJRSHUDWLRQ :KHQ DFWXDOO\ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH DQG
ZKLFKUHGXFHVWKHSLWFKSHUIRUPHGLQÁLJKW IO\LQJ DOZD\V VHW WKH LGOH XS FRQGLWLRQ
&UHDWHDFXUYHPDWFKHGWRORRSUROO' VZLWFK WR 2)) DQG VWDUW WKH HQJLQH LQ WKH
RURWKHUSXUSRVHVDQGWKHLGOHXSFXUYH LGOLQJPRGH
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHSHUIRUPDQFH
Setting method
ŏ *URXSVLQJOH LWHP :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR ŏ7KURWWOHKRYHUWULPFRS\
VLPXOWDQHRXVO\ HQWHU WKH VDPH VHWWLQJV WR 7KHWKURWWOHKRYHUWULPRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQFDQ
RWKHU IXQFWLRQV PDNH WKH VHWWLQJV LQ WKH EHFRSLHGWRWKHWKURWWOHFXUYH
JURXS PRGH ,Q WKLV FDVH WKH VDPH VHWWLQJ
FRQWHQWV DUH HQWHUHG WR WKH DOO FRQGLWLRQV 0RYH WKH FXUVRU WR WKH >&23<@ LWHP DQG
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW HDFK FRQGLWLRQ SXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ
LQGHSHQGHQWO\ PDNH WKH VHWWLQJV DIWHU $IWHU FRS\LQJ UHWXUQ WKH SLWFK WULP WR WKH
VHOHFWLQJWKHVLQJOHPRGH,QLWLDOVHWWLQJ FHQWHUWRFDOOWKHODVWRSHUDWLQJSRVLWLRQ

Curve setting examples
The curves shown below are created by using to 5. When actually creating a curve, enter the data
the point curve type and inputting the data of the VSHFL¿HGSHUWKHDLUFUDIWRUWKHUHIHUHQFHYDOXH
5 points 0% (low side), 25%, 50% (center), 75%, *For a description of the curve creation method, see the
100% (high) side at each condition. They are description at the back of this manual.
created by reducing the number points of the line
Ɣ7KURWWOH&XUYH([DPSOH
Normal Curve Idle-up 1 Curve Idle-up 2 Curve
Throttle Hover trim

The Throttle Hover trim setup screen can be called from the THR Curve setup screen.
ŏ6HWVWKHGLDOXVHG
The Throttle Hover function trims the throttle Q H D U F H Q W H U E \ F H Q W H U W U L P R S H U D W L R Q

near the hovering point. Normally, use it with UHFRPPHQGHG
hovering conditions. Changes in rotor speed N O R M m o d e : 1 R U P D O W U L P K R U L ] R Q W D O
accompanying changes in the temperature, PRYHPHQWWULPRSHUDWLRQ
humidity, and other flight conditions can be ŏ7ULPDGMXVWPHQWUDQJH5DQJHVHWWLQJ
trimmed. Adjust the throttle so that rotor rotation is :KHQWKHYDOXHLVPDGHVPDOOWULPDFWVRQO\
most stable. More delicate trimming is also possible QHDUWKHFHQWHU
by using this function along with the Hover Pitch ŏ 7KH WULP UDWH FDQ EH DGMXVWHG DQG WKH
RSHUDWLRQGLUHFWLRQFDQEHVHW
function.
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKHKRYHULQJQRUPDOFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\ VZLWFK WKH JURXS PRGH WR WKH VLQJOH
PRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJDQGPDNHWKHVHWWLQJV
ŏ6HWWKHIXQFWLRQWR$&7>21@
ŏ6HOHFWWKHDGMXVWPHQWNQRE
6HOHFWLRQH[DPSOH5'
ŏ 7KH WULP RSHUDWLRQ PRGH 0RGH &750
1250FDQEHVHOHFWHG
CTRM mode: 0D[LPXP UDWH RI FKDQJH
ACCELERATION
This function is used to adjust the pitch and Example of acceleration function use
the throttle rise characteristic at acceleration/ ŏ:KHQ XVHG DW SLWFK WKH $FFHOHUDWLRQ
deceleration operation. An acceleration function IXQFWLRQ LV HIIHFWLYH ZKHQ \RX ZDQW WR
which temporarily increases the pitch and throttle TXLFNHQWKHUHVSRQVHRIWKHIXVHODJHDW'
operations at throttle stick acceleration/deceleration ÁLJKWÁLSHWF
operation can be set. :KHQXVHGKLJKSLWFKWHPSRUDULO\H[FHHGV
PD[LPXPSLWFKEXWLPPHGLDWHO\UHWXUQVWR
PD[LPXPSLWFK
ŏ 6HOHFW >$&&(/(5$7,21@ DW WKH PRGHO

FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ3LWFKVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KURWWOHVHWWLQJ
ŏ$FWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ
Setting method
ŏ $FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW DW ERWK VHWWLQJ
D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q K L J K D Q G V H W W L Q J D W
GHFHOHUDWLRQORZ
7KH RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW LV GLVSOD\HG RQ D
JUDSK
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
ŏ7KH UHWXUQ WLPH DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ 'XPSLQJ
FDQEHVHW
ŏ 7 K H R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W D W D F F H O H U D W L R Q
DQG GHFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW :KHQ DQ
RSHUDWLRQSRLQWLVH[FHHGHGDFFHOHUDWLRQLV
SHUIRUPHG
Note: When using the Acceleration funtion,
since the pitch stroke is large, make your
settings so there is no binding of your linkage.

THR HOLD
This function sets the throttle cut position for Example of use
auto rotation. The throttle position can also be set ŏ6LQFH7KURWWOH+ROGKDVPRGHV&XWDQG
to an idling position. Setting of these 2 positions ,GOH XVLQJ LW LQ WKH ,GOLQJ PRGH GXULQJ
can be selected by switch. This allows use for W U D L Q L Q J D Q G L Q W K H & X W P R G H Z K H Q
switching during training. VWRSSLQJ WKH HQJLQH DW PHHWV HWF LV
FRQYHQLHQW
1RWH:KHQWKURWWOHKROGLVVHWWR21LQWKHQRUPDO
FRQGLWLRQWKURWWOHKROGDFWVDQGWKHWKURWWOHVHUYR
LVGHDFWLYDWHG$OZD\VVHWWKURWWOHKROGWR21LQWKH
KROGFRQGLWLRQ
ŏ6HOHFW>7+5+2/'@DWWKHPRGHOPHQX
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ6HWWRWKHHQJLQHVWRSSRVLWLRQ
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQ
ŏ&XUUHQWSRVLWLRQ
ŏ6HWWRWKHLGOLQJSRVLWLRQ
Setting method ŏ7KH WKURWWOH VHUYR RSHUDWLQJ VSHHG FDQ EH

DGMXVWHG6SHHG
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
ŏ 7KURWWOH FXW RU WUDLQLQJ IXQFWLRQ FDQ EH
Manual mode(MANUAL): 7KH WKURWWOH KROG
VZLWFKHGE\KROGIXQFWLRQVHOHFWRUVZLWFK
IXQFWLRQ LV RSHUDWHG E\ VZLWFK RSHUDWLRQ
RQO\
Auto mode(AUTO):7KHWKURWWOHKROGIXQFWLRQ Operation precautions
RSHUDWLRQ LV OLQNHG WR WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN
SRVLWLRQ
Auto position setting::KHQWKH$XWRPRGHLV
WARNING
VHOHFWHGWKHWKURWWOHSRVLWLRQDXWRSRVLWLRQ :KHQ VWDUWLQJ WKH HQJLQH FRQILUP WKDW
FDQ EH VHOHFWHG 0RYH WKH WKURWWOH VWLFN WR WKH LGOH XS FRQGLWLRQ DQG WKURWWOH KROG
WKH SRVLWLRQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW DQG SXVK WKH FRQGLWLRQDUH2))
(',7EXWWRQ$XWRSRVLWLRQLVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ+ROGSRVLWLRQDGMXVWPHQW
Throttle Hold (Cut) VHWV WKH WKURWWOH FXW
SRVLWLRQ$GMXVWLWVRWKDWWKHFDUEXUHWRULVIXOO
FORVH
Throttle Hold (Idle): 0DNH WKLV DGMXVWPHQW WR
PDLQWDLQLGOLQJIRUWUDLQLQJ$GMXVWPHQWVFDQ
EH PDGH EDVHG RQ WKH WKURWWOH FXUYH LGOH
SRVLWLRQ

SWASH MIX
The swash mix function is used to correct the Example of use
swash plate in the aileron (roll) direction and ŏ$VDQH[DPSOHXVHVZDVKPL[LQJWRFRUUHFW
elevator (cyclic pitch) corresponding to each XQGHVLUDEOHWHQGHQFLHVLQWKHUROOGLUHFWLRQ
operation of each condition. ŏ)RUDFRQGLWLRQZKLFKXVHV$,/WR(/(VHWWKLV
Adjustment by independent curve for aileron, IXQFWLRQWR21:KHQUDLVLQJWKHQRVHDWD
elevator, and pitch operations is possible. The ULJKWUROOZKHQWKH5DWH%VLGHLVLQSXWDQG
WKH ULJKW DLOHURQ LV RSHUDWHG WKH HOHYDWRU
operation can be smoothly adjusted by calling up PRYHVWRWKHGRZQVLGH7XQHE\DGMXVWLQJ
the “Curve setup” screen by pressing the EDIT WKH5DWH)RUULJKWUROODGMXVWWRWKH5DWH$
button with moving the cursor to the mixing item VLGH
that corresponds to the mixing and direction which
needs correction.
ŏ 6HOHFW >6:$6+ 0,;@ DW WKH PRGHO

EHORZE\SXVKLQJWKH(',7EXWWRQ (Currently selected condition name)
EDIT dial
EDIT button
VZLWFKLQJ
the description at the back of this
manual.)
Setting method WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7

EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR WKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ
WKH >$&7@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7
GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQ21
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
RWKHU FRQGLWLRQV VHOHFW WKH JURXS PRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQ
RQO\VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH
ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ>>@@LVVHWWKHVZDVKPL[LQJIXQFWLRQLV
RSHUDWHGE\PHUHO\VHOHFWLQJWKHFRQGLWLRQ
:KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK PRYH

THROTTLE MIX
This function corrects slowing of engine speed to the mixing item corresponding to the mixing
caused by swash plate operation during aileron that needs correction and push the EDIT button to
or elevator operation. The method of applying call the curve setup screen, and then correct the
clockwise or counterclockwise torque when slowing.
pirouetting can also be corrected.
Setting example
An acceleration function which temporarily
ŏ$,/WR7+5DSSOLHVDORDGWRWKHHQJLQHDQG
increases the throttle side correction rate relative to
FRUUHFWVVORZLQJRIWKHHQJLQHVSHHGZKHQ
rapid stick operation can also be set. WKH DLOHURQ VWLFN ZDV RSHUDWHG (QJLQH
When correction is necessary, move the cursor UDFLQJ FDQ EH DGMXVWHG LQGHSHQGHQWO\ DW
WKHULJKWDLOHURQDQGOHIWDLOHURQE\5DWHV$
DQG%
ŏ 6HOHFW >7+5277/( 0,;@ DW WKH PRGHO
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
VZLWFKLQJ
*For a description of the (For more information, refer to
curve setting method, the description at the back of this
see the description at the manual.)
back of this manual.
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJV
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWRWKH>$&7@
LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7EXWWRQWRVZLWFKWRWKHGDWD <Acceleration function setting>
LQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7GLDOWRWKHOHIWDQGSXVKWKH ŏ $FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW IRU ERWK
(',7EXWWRQ21LVGLVSOD\HG VHWWLQJV/HIWDQG5LJKW
ŏ :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW WKH VDPH FRQWHQWV DW RWKHU ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH ŏ 7KH UHWXUQ WLPH 'XPSLQJ DIWHU
:KHQ \RX ZDQW WR VHW WKH VHOHFWHG FRQGLWLRQ RQO\ RSHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW
VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ ŏ 7KH RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW ZKHQ WKH
ŏ7KHFRUUHFWLRQUDWHFDQEHVHWE\FXUYH F R U U H F W L R Q U D W H L V L Q F U H D V H G
ŏ$VZLWFKFDQEHVHW D Q G G H F U H D V H G F D Q E H V H W
LQGHSHQGHQWO\:KHQDQRSHUDWLRQ
:KHQ > >@@ LV VHW WKH VZDVK PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ LV
SRLQW LV H[FHHGHG DFFHOHUDWLRQ
RSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG
:KHQVHWWLQJDQ>21@>2))@VZLWFKPRYHWKHFXUVRU
WR WKH >@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR FDOO
WKH VHOHFWLRQ VFUHHQ DQG VHW WKH VZLWFK DQG LWV 21
SRVLWLRQ
PIT to NEEDLE mixing
This mixing is used when the engine is equipped acceleration/deceleration operation can be set.
with needle control or other fuel-air mixture The rise characteristic of the needle servo at
adjustment. A needle curve can be set. acceleration and deceleration operation can be
An acceleration function which temporarily adjusted.
increases needle operation at throttle stick
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR1(('/(@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOO ŏ1RUPDOO\XVH>32,17@W\SH
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
*For a description of the curve setting method, see
the description at the back of this manual. (Currently selected condition name)
(For more information, refer to the
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJV
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR < Acceleration function setting>
ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQ FDQ EH VHW DW ERWK VHWWLQJ
DW DFFHOHUDWLRQ +LJK DQG VHWWLQJ DW
GHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ7KHDFFHOHUDWLRQUDWH5DWHDQGWKHUHWXUQ
WLPHDIWHURSHUDWLRQ'XPSLQJFDQEHVHW
RWKHUFRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
ŏ$QRSHUDWLRQSRLQW$FW3RVDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ
D QG GHF HOHUD W LR Q F D Q E H VHW : K HQ
D Q R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W Z D V H [ F H H G H G
ŏ $QHHGOHFXUYHFDQEHVHW DFFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQLVSHUIRUPHG
ŏ $VZLWFKFDQEHVHW
:KHQ > >@@ LV VHW WKH PL[LQJ IXQFWLRQ LV
:KHQ VHWWLQJ DQ >21@>2))@ VZLWFK PRYH
WKHFXUVRUWRWKH>@LWHPDQGSXVKWKH(',7
3XVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR FDOO WKH VHOHFWLRQ
VFUHHQDQGVHWWKHVZLWFKDQGLWV21SRVLWLRQ

PIT to RUD mixing (Revolution mixing)
Use this mix when you want to suppress the However, when a GY Series or other heading
reaction torque generated by main rotor pitch and hold gyro is used, since correction is performed
speed changes during pitch operation. Adjust so by the gyro, this mix is not used. If this function
that the nose does not move in the rudder direction. is used when the gyro operation mode is the
An acceleration function which temporarily AVCS mode, the neutral position will change.
increases the correction rate at throttle stick
acceleration/deceleration operation can be set. The
mixing rate at acceleration/deceleration can be set.
ŏ6HOHFW>3,7WR58'@DWWKHPRGHOPHQXDQGFDOOWKH ŏ1RUPDOO\XVH>32,17@W\SH
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
Setting method
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDWRWKHU
FRQGLWLRQVVHOHFWWKHJURXSPRGH
:KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVHOHFWHGFRQGLWLRQRQO\
VHOHFWWKHVLQJOHPRGHLQLWLDOVHWWLQJ
ŏ$PL[LQJFXUYHLVVHW ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQVHWWLQJV
<Normal condition mixing curve>

<Idle up condition mixing curve>
7KH PL[LQJ FXUYH UDWH VWDUWV IURP D VPDOO
YDOXH 6HW WKH PL[LQJ UDWH VR WKDW WKH UXGGHU GLUHFWLRQ
DWKLJKVSHHGÁLJKWLVVWUDLJKWDKHDG$GMXVWIRU
)RU D URWRU ZLWK D FORFNZLVH RSHUDWLRQ HDFKFRQGLWLRQXVHG
G L U H F W L R Q S R O D U L W \ Z K H Q S L W F K Z D V
RSHUDWHGDWWKHSOXVVLGHVHWVRWKDWPL[LQJ
LV LQ WKH FORFNZLVH GLUHFWLRQ )LUVW WULP DW <Acceleration function setting>
KRYHULQJ DQG WKHQ DGMXVW WKH QHXWUDO
SRVLWLRQ ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQRSHUDWLRQFDQEHSHUIRUPHG
$GMXVWPHQWEHWZHHQVORZDQGKRYHULQJ IRUERWKVHWWLQJDWDFFHOHUDWLRQ+LJKDQG
VHWWLQJDWGHFHOHUDWLRQ/RZ
5HSHDWHGO\ KRYHU IURP WDNH RII DQG ODQG
IURPKRYHULQJDWDFRQVWDQWUDWHPDWFKHG ŏ$FFHOHUDWLRQUDWHVHWWLQJ5DWH
WR\RXURZQUK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVR ŏ 7KH UHWXUQ WLPH DIWHU RSHUDWLRQ 'XPSLQJ
WKHQRVHGRHVQRWGHÁHFWZKHQWKHWKURWWOH FDQEHVHW
LVUDLVHGDQGORZHUHG ŏ $ Q R S H U D W L R Q S R L Q W $ F W 3 R V D W
7KURWWOHKLJKVLGHFOLPELQJDQGGLYLQJIURP DFFHOHUDWLRQDQGGHFHOHUDWLRQFDQEHVHW
KRYHULQJ LQGHSHQGHQWO\ :KHQ DQ RSHUDWLRQ SRLQW
5HSHDW FOLPELQJ DQG GLYLQJ IURP KRYHULQJ ZDV H[FHHGHG DFFHOHUDWLRQ RSHUDWLRQ LV
DW D FRQVWDQW UDWH PDWFKHG WR \RXU RZQ SHUIRUPHG
UK\WKPDQGDGMXVWWKHSLWFKVRWKDWWKHQRVH
GRHV QRW GHIOHFW ZKHQ WKH WKURWWOH LV UDLVHG
DQGORZHUHG

GYRO mixing
This function used to adjust gyro sensitivity. The Setting example
sensitivity and operation mode (Normal mode/GY ŏ 1RUPDOO\ LW LV FRQYHQLHQW WR SUHVHW KLJK
mode) can be set for each condition. VHQVLWLYLW\5DWHDQGORZVHQVLWLYLW\5DWH
*Sensitivity setting is assigned to CH3. ZKHQ HLWKHU WKH $9&6 PRGH RU 1RUPDO
1RWH$OZD\VVHWWR>@ERWK&RQWURODQG7ULP PRGHLVXVHG
IRUWKH>*\UR@IXQFWLRQDWWKH)XQFWLRQPHQXRIWKH
/LQNDJH0HQX
ŏ 6HOHFW >*<52@ DW WKH PRGHO PHQX DQG FDOO WKH

EXWWRQ
(Rate No. display) (Currently selected condition name) ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR
FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ*\URW\SHVHOHFWLRQ ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
>*<@>1250@
ŏ0RGHVHOHFWLRQ ŏ*\URVHQVLWLYLW\DGMXVWPHQW
>$9&6@>1250@
Setting method
ŏ :KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR
LVGLVSOD\HG
ŏ :KHQ\RXZDQWWRVHWWKHVDPHFRQWHQWVDW
ŏ 7KUHH UDWHV FDQ EH VZLWFKHG IRU HDFK
FRQGLWLRQ5DWH5DWH5DWH
ŏ $ÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW

GOVERNOR mixing
When using a Futaba GV-1 governor, this *When using the Fuel Mixture function, the mixture servo
function is used to switch the RPM of the is controlled from the governor. When transmitting the
mixture curve data from the transmitter to the governor, the
helicopters head. Up to 3 rates can be set for each governor AUX (m.trm) connector must be connected to CH8
condition. (initial setting) and governor side setting performed. See the
*The governor is used by connecting the governor speed governor instruction manual.
setting channel to CH7 (initial setting).
*When using an independent governor [ON]/[OFF] switch, 1RWH$OZD\VVHW&RQWURODQG7ULPWR>@IRU
connect the AUX([ON]/[OFF]) connector of the governor to >*RYHUQRU@DQG>*RYHUQRU@RIWKH)XQFWLRQPHQX
CH8 (initial setting) and set the switch to CH8 (Governor2) RIWKH/LQNDJHPHQX
at the Function menu of the Linkage Menu.
ŏ 6HOHFW >*29(5125@ DW WKH PRGHO

FDOOQH[WSDJH
EDIT dial
EDIT button
ŏ8QLWGLVSOD\VHOHFWLRQ ŏ)LQHWXQLQJ95VHWWLQJV
>@>USP@
ŏ530DGMXVWPHQW
Setting method ŏ 7KH VSHHG FDQ EH VZLWFKHG E\ VHWWLQJ D

VZLWFK$OVRZKHQ>@LVVHWLQVWHDGRIVSHHG
ŏ:KHQXVLQJWKLVIXQFWLRQPRYHWKHFXUVRUWR VHWWLQJ WKH JRYHUQRU FDQ EH WXUQHG >21@
WKH >$&7@ LWHP DQG SXVK WKH (',7 EXWWRQ WR >2))@ ZLWKRXW VHWWLQJ D VHSDUDWH >21@>2))@
VZLWFKWRWKHGDWDLQSXWPRGH7XUQWKH(',7 VZLWFK
LVGLVSOD\HG ŏ$VSHHGÀQHWXQLQJ95FDQEHVHW
*VR selection and adjustment rate can be set.
ŏ 7KUHH VSHHGV UDWHV FDQ EH VHW IRU HDFK
FRQGLWLRQ5DWH5DWH5DWH
$OVRWKLVPL[LQJDQGWKHJRYHUQRUVLGHVSHHG
VHWWLQJPXVWEHPDWFKHGEHIRUHKDQGE\WKH
IROORZLQJPHWKRG
ŏ6HWVRWKDWZKHQWKHJRYHUQRUVLGHLVSODFHG
LQWKHVSHHGVHWWLQJLWHPVWDWH
ŏ :KHQ \RX ZDQW WR UHDG WKH VSHHG GLUHFWO\
PRYH WKH FXUVRU WR 8QLW LWHP DQG SXVK WKH
EXWWRQ>USP@LVGLVSOD\HG

Common operations used in function setup screen
This section describes the functions often used at the function setup screen. Refer to it when setting each
function.
2SHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWRÀLJKWFRQGLWLRQV
Group/single mode switching (GROUP/SINGLE) Condition delay setting

When setting multiple flight conditions, Unnecessary fuselage motion generated when
linking the setting contents with all conditions there are sudden changes in the servo position
(group mode) or setting independently (single and variations in the operating time between
mode) can be selected. The mode can be channels can be suppressed by using the
changed at the [GROUP] item on each setup condition delay function of the condition select
screen. function [COND. SELECT].
[Group/single mode switching] When the delay function is set at the
switching destination condition, a delay
corresponding to that amount is applied and the
related functions change smoothly.
1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
(reverse-video) to the [GROUP] item on [Setting method]
the setup screen and push the EDIT button
to switch to the data input mode.
2. Turn the EDIT dial to the left until switch
[SINGLE] starts to blink. *At the condition delay setup screen [COND.DELAY],
move the cursor to the [DELAY] item of the channel you
*At this point, the mode has still not been changed.
want to set and perform the following settings:
*When changing from [SINGLE] to [GROUP], turn the
EDIT dial to the right. 1. Switch to the condition you want to set
3. Change the mode by pushing the EDIT and push the EDIT button to switch to the
button. data input mode.
ŏ*URXSPRGH*5283 2. Set the delay by turning the EDIT dial.
The same setting contents are set to all Initial value: 0
WKHÁLJKWFRQGLWLRQV Adjustment range: 0~27 (maximum delay)
ŏ6LQJOHPRGH6,1*/( (When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the delay is
Set this mode when the setting contents
are not linked with other conditions. 3. Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
and return to the cursol move mode.
120 <Data>
2SHUDWLRQVUHODWHGWR¿QHWXQLQJ95
ŏ95VHOHFWLRQ ŏ5DWHDGMXVWPHQW
(Fine tuning VR operation position)
ŏ2SHUDWLRQPRGHVHOHFWLRQ
*The operation modes which can be
selected depend on the function.
[Setting method] [Fine tuning VR operation mode]

1. Control selection [LIN.] 0 L [ L Q J U D W H D W F H Q W H U R I 9 5
Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG FORFNZLVH DQG
(reverse-video) to the [CTRL] item and push counterclockwise, the mixing rate
the EDIT button to call the selection screen. increases and decreases, respectively.
Move to the control you want to set by [ATL+] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW OHIW HQG RI 95
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right and :KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
push the EDIT button. increases.
2. Mode selection [ATL-] 0L[LQJ UDWH DW ULJKW HQG RI 95
:KHQWKH95LVWXUQHGWKHPL[LQJUDWH
Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor to the increases.
[MODE] item and push the EDIT button to
switch to the data input mode. [SYM.] :KHQ WKH 95 LV WXUQHG WR WKH OHIW RU
right of the neutral position, the mixing
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and rate increases.
switch to the operation mode ([LIN.], [ATL+],
[ATL-], or [SYM.]) corresponding to the set
control and push the EDIT button.
3. Rate adjustment
Move the cursor to the [RATE] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the data
input mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and set
the rate.
Initial value: 0%
Adjustment range: -100%~+100%
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
<Data> 121
Operations related to servo speed
Servo speed setting

The servo speed at each function operation
(including flight condition switching) can be
adjusted. The servos operate smoothly at a
fixed speed corresponding to the set speed. The
operating speed (IN side) and return speed (OUT
side) can be set individually.
Switch the operation mode according to the set
function.
"SYM." mode: Used with ailerons and other
self neutral functions.
"LIN." mode: Used with functions which hold
the operation position of the throttle and
switch channel, etc.
[Setting method]

(reverse-video) to the [MODE] item and
input mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
switch to the operation mode ("SYM." or
"LIN.") corresponding to the set function
and push the EDIT button.
2. Move the cursor to the direction ([IN] or
[OUT]) item you want to set and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input
mode.
Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and set
the speed.
Initial value: 0
Adjustment range: 0~27 (maximum delay)
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the servo
speed is reset to the initial value.)
and return to the edit mode.
122 <Data>
Curve setting operation
This section describes the setting procedure of curves which are used with the AFR function and each
mixing function.
Curve type selection
Three types of curves (EXP1, EXP2 and
POINT) can be selected. Curve type selection
(reverse-video) to the [MODE] item and
push the EDIT button to switch to the
data input mode.
2. Display the curve you want to use by
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
*The curve type blinks.
3. When the EDIT button is pushed, the
curve type is changed. (Operate the EDIT
dial or S1 button to stop the change.)
[EXP1]: EXP1 curve
[EXP2]: EXP2 curve
[POINT]: point curve
Setting by curve type

When the curve type is selected as described above, adjustment items corresponding to the curve type
appear on the screen. Adjust each curve as described below.
EXP1/EXP2 curve adjustment (reverse-video) to the [RATE A], [RATE B],

(EXP1 curve) [EXP A], or [EXP B] setting item and push
the EDIT button to switch to the data input
mode.
2. Set the rate by turning the EDIT dial to the
left or right.
Initial value: +100.0% (rate)/+0.0% (EXP
rate)
*Initial value differs depending on function.
Using the EXP1 curve is effective in smoothing
starting of the ailerons, elevator, rudder, etc. Adjustment range: -200.0~+200.0%
(rate)/-100.0~+100.0% (EXP rate)
(EXP2 curve) (When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the

vertical direction]
Using the EXP2 curve is effective in engine 1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
rise and other engine control. (reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] setting item
The curve left and right rates ([RATE A], and push the EDIT button to switch to the
data input mode.
[RATE B]) and EXP curve rate ([EXP A], [EXP
2. Move the curve in the vertical direction by
B]) can be adjusted individually. ([EXP] for
turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
EXP2)
Initial value: +0.0%
The curve can also be offset horizontally (When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the rate is
([OFFSET]) in the vertical direction. reset to the initial value.)

[Rate setting] and return to the cursol move mode.
<Data> 123
Point curve (POINT) adjustment 2. When the EDIT button is pushed for 1
second, the point is deleted.
(Point)
[Offsetting the curve horizontally in the vertical

direction]
(reverse-video) to the [OFFSET] item.
2. Move the curve in the vertical direction by
Up to 11 or 17 points curve can be used. turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
(differs with functuion) Initial value: +0.0%
(When the EDIT button is pushed for 1 second, the curve is
Initial point number: 9 points (17 points
curve), 11 points (11 points curve)
*The set points can be freely increased, decreased, and Push the EDIT button to end adjustment
offset. and return to the cursol move mode.
[Rate adjustment of each point]
(reverse-display) to the [POINT] or [RATE]
item and push the EDIT button to switch to
the curve setting mode.
*It is changed from the reverse-display to the square box
display.
*In this mode, push the EDIT button to switch the [POINT]
item and [RATE] item alternately.
2. Move the cursor (square box) to the
[POINT] item by pushing the EDIT button.
3. Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
select the point whose rate you want to
set.
*The mark on the curve shows the currently selected
point. The mark on the curve shows the currently
deleted point.
4. Move the cursor (square box) to the [RATE]
item by pushing the EDIT button and set
the rate by turning the EDIT dial to the left
or right.
Repeat steps 2 through 5 and adjust the

curve.
Push the S1 button to end adjustment and
return to the cursor move mode.
[Point addition]
1. In the curve setting mode, push the EDIT
button to move the cursor to the [POINT]
item and turn the EDIT dial to the left or
right and move the cursor on the curve to
the position (mark ) you want to add.
2. When the EDIT button is pushed for 1
second, the point is added.
[Point deletion]
1. In the curve setting mode, push the EDIT
button to move the cursor to the [POINT]
item and turn the EDIT dial to the left or
right and move the cursor on the curve to
the position (mark ) you want to delete.
124 <Data>
Switch selection method
The various functions used in the T12FG can be selected by switch. The switch (including when stick,
trim lever, or VR are used as a switch) setting method is common to all functions.
Switch selection
When a switch is selected at a mixing function, etc., the selection screen shown below is called.
(Switch selection screen example)
Switch selection When stick, trim lever, or knob selected

1. Use the EDIT dial to move the cursor When a stick, trim lever, or knob is used as a
(highlights) to the switch you want to switch, four operation modes can be selected by
select and push the EDIT button.
the following mode and type combination:
*The switch blinks.
2. To return to the preceeding screen, move
the cursor to the [HARDWARE SEL.] at
the top of the screen and push the EDIT
button.
Or, move the cursor to the [ON/OFF] and
call the ON/OFF position setting screen by
1. When you want to change the mode,
pushing the EDIT button.
move the cursor to [MODE] and push the
EDIT button to switch to the data input
mode. Switch the display to the mode
you want to change by turning the EDIT
When switch was selected dial to the left or right and then make the
change by pushing the EDIT button.
When switch was selected, ON/OFF position
ŏMode: [LINEAR]/[SYMMETRY]
setting is also performed.
*Set the ON/Off point by the method described on the next page.
Alternate mode setting

*The ON/OFF setting state of each position is displayed. ŏMode: [NORMAL]/[ALTERNATE]
1. When you want to change the ON/OFF 1. Move the cursor to the [ALTERNATE] item
setting, use the EDIT dial to move the and push the EDIT button to switch to the
cursor and push the EDIT button to switch data input mode.
to the data input mode. Switch the ON/ 2. Change to the mode you want to set by
Off display by turning the EDIT dial to the turning the EDIT dial to the left or right.
left or right. *The mode display blinks.
*ON/OFF display blinks. 3. Push the EDIT button. (Operate the EDIT dial
3. When the EDIT button is pressed, the ON/ or S1 button to stop the change.)
OFF setting is changed. (Operate the EDIT 4. To return to the preceeding screen, move
dial or S1 button to stop the change.) the cursor to the [ON/OFF] at the top of the
4. To return to the preceeding screen, move screen and push the EDIT button.
the cursor to the [ON/OFF] at the top of
the screen and push the EDIT button.
<Data> 125
Operation modes Shifting the ON/Off point
The operation modes when stick, trim lever, or The ON/OFF point can be shifted. ON/OFF at
knob was selected are described below. a free position can be changed.
Linear mode
ŏ%ODFNUDQJH2))UDQJH
ŏ:KLWHUDQJH21UDQJH
[Setting method]
1. First, use the EDIT dial to move the cursor
This mode sets ON/OFF at the left or right (up or to the [POSITION] item.
down) with the set point as the reference. 2. Move the stick, trim lever, or knob to the
point you want to change and push the
Symmetrical mode EDIT button. The point is shifted.
the cursor to the [ON/OFF] at the top of
the screen and push the EDIT button.
Left and right (up and down) operations are

symmetrical about the neutral position. For
instance, when you want to switch DR1 with the
aileron stick, when the stick is moved to the left or
right, DR1 can be turned on at the same left and
right position.
126 <Data>
Logic switch (Condition Select function only)
The logic switch function lets you turn operation on and off by combining two switches. For instance,
the condition is activated when 2 switches are turned on.
Logic mode Logic mode selection

AND: When both switches are ON, the 1. Move the cursor to the [LOGIC] item and
condition is ON. push the EDIT button to switch to the data
OR: When either switche is ON, the input mode.
condition is ON. 2. Turn the EDIT dial to the left or right and
EOR: When the two switches are in different select the logic mode.
states, the condition is ON. *The mode display blinks.
3. Push the EDIT button to change to the logic
mode.

the cursor to the [SWITCH] at the top of the
screen and push the EDIT button.
Switch mode selection
1. Move the cursor to the [MODE] item and
input mode.
2. Turn the EDIT dial to the left and select the
[LOGIC].
*[LOGIC] display blinks.
3. Push the EDIT button to change to the logic
switch mode.
(Logic switch setting screen)
Swich selection
1. Select the switch A and B. (Refer to the
description at the previous page.)
FUTABA CORPORATION Phone: (043) 296-5118 Facsimile: (043) 296-5124

Makuhari Techno Garden Bldg., B6F 1-3 Nakase, Mihama-ku, Chiba 261-8555, Japan
©FUTABA CORPORATION 2007, 04 (1)
<Data> 127

Futaba 12FGA

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Futaba 12FGA

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

12FG

12 CHANNEL RADIO CONTROL SYSTEM

FOR SERVICE ONLY FOR SUPPORT

OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA

The Following Statement Applies to the Receiver (for U.S.A.)

RBRC is a trademark of the Rechargeable Battery Recycling Corporation.

Warning: Always keep electrical components away from small children.

Receiver Ni-Cd Battery

Academy of Model Aeronautics

Do not attempt to disassemble Ni-MH/Ni-Cd packs or cells.

Secure Digital (SD) Memory Card Handling Instructions

PCMG3 (PCM Generation 3)

WFSS (Wireless Frequency Setting System)

SD card (Secure Digital memory card) (Not included)

*RYHUQRU *9 IRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW

• Optional Charger - Futaba CR-2000 Ni-MH/Ni-Cd Transmitter/Receiver Battery Charger.

Cautions on handling antenna

Extend the antenna to the full extent, and make

*You can choose switch and set the ON/OFF-direction in the

Volume LD and RD:

This transmitter is equipped with six digital

LCD screen: S1 button:

Lever Head Lever Head

Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ -3) For airplane (Mode1) For helicopter (Mode1)

*This transmitter has two ratchet plates, one for airplane

2. Use the accessory 1.5mm hexagonal wrench

3. If the T12FG is ready to format, move the

* Formatting starts. During formatting, the rectangular mark

*When formatting is completed, a message is displayed.

1. Open the battery cover on the rear of the

ƔBattery ribbon for

2. Install the battery in the holder.

ƔBattery ribbon Ɣ0RGXOH

Detachment of the RF module

Never disconnect the battery connector from

ƔAntenna LED Monitor

Warning Servo throw

ƔUse rubber band to stretch

Fasten about 5-10cm

[Method of charging battery]

Receiver Batt. Transmitter Batt.

1. Connect the special charger to the wall

In case of using PCMG3 receivers

How to change the frequency

Airplane/Glider Home Screen

Model Name Condition Name Battery Indicator

Check the battery voltage as often as possible and try to charge

Throttle/Pitch Position Display

*Condition hold operation is displayed. ("IS ON")

To activate/deactivate Condition Hold:

System Menu functions table

<Functions of System Menu> 27

T12FG special trainer cable

28 <Functions of System Menu>

<Functions of System Menu> 29

30 <Functions of System Menu>

LCD contrast adjustment

<Functions of System Menu> 31

ŏ6HOHFW >6<67(0 7,0(5@ DW WKH V\VWHP PHQX DQG

Timer selection Timer reset

32 <Functions of System Menu>

ŏ3XVK WKH S1 EXWWRQ WR

User name registration &KDUDFWHUOLVW

<Functions of System Menu> 33

RYHUQRU9IRUKHOLFRSWHUXVH$XWRPDWLFDOO\DGMXVWVWKURWWOHVHUYRSRVLWLRQWRPDLQWDLQDFRQVWDQW

Ɣ6WLFN7HQVLRQ-3) For airplane (Mode1) For helicopter (Mode1)

User name registration &KDUDFWHUOLVW

&KDQJH WKH PRGHO QDPH DV GHVFULEHG

ŏ:LQJW\SHVHOHFWLRQ7DLOOHVVZLQJ Wing type (Normal)

Frequency switching method 7RVWDUWWUDQVPLVVLRQVHOHFW><(6@ZLWKWKH(',7